UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K10-K/A
(Amendment No.1)
ýAnnual Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20152019
¨Transition Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
For the transition period from to
Commission file number 001-34657
TEXAS CAPITAL BANCSHARES, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
Delaware 75-2679109
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
2000 McKinney Avenue

Suite 700
Dallas Texas, U.S.A.TXUSA 75201
(Address of principal executive officers)offices)(Zip Code)
214/214/932-6600
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
N/A
(Former Name, Former Address and Former Fiscal Year, if Changed Since Last Report)
Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share
(Title of class)
6.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock Series A, par value $0.01 per share
(Title of class)
Warrants to Purchase Common Stock (expiring January 16, 2019), par value $0.01 per share
(Title of class)
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
(Name of Exchange on Which Registered)
Title of each classTrading Symbol(s)Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per shareTCBINasdaq Stock Market
6.5% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock Series A, par value $0.01 per shareTCBIPNasdaq Stock Market
Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: NONENone
Indicate by check mark if the issuer is a well-known seasoned issuer pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d)as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yesý        No  ¨
Indicate by check mark if the issuer is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨Noý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yesý        No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yesý¨  No
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See definitiondefinitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “smaller reporting“emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large Accelerated Filer
x 
Accelerated Filer¨
 
Non-Accelerated Filer  ¨
 
Non-Accelerated Filer¨Smaller Reporting Company
Emerging Growth Company  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨        No  ý
As of June 30, 2015,28, 2019, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the shares of common stock held by non-affiliates, based on the closing price per share of the registrant’s common stock as reported on The Nasdaq Global Select Market, was approximately $2,817,236,000.$3,070,019,000. There were 45,885,82950,397,277 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding on February 16, 2016.28, 2020.
Documents Incorporated
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A (the "Form 10-K/A") is being filed by Reference
PortionsTexas Capital Bancshares, Inc. (the "Company" or "TCBI") in order to disclose information required by Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III, which was previously omitted in reliance on Instruction G to Form 10-K from its Annual Report on Form 10-K (the "Form 10-K") for the year ended December 31, 2019, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") on February 12, 2020.  The Company is not filing its definitive proxy statement for its 2020 annual stockholder meeting within 120 days of the registrant’s Proxy Statement relatingend of its most recent fiscal year as required under Instruction G to Form 10-K in order to incorporate information contained in the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed no later than April 7, 2016, are incorporated by referencedefinitive proxy statement into Part IIIthe Form 10-K. This Form 10-K/A discloses such information. In connection with the filing of this Form 10-K/A and pursuant to the rules of the SEC, we are including with this Form 10-K/A certain certifications with respect to this filing by our principal executive officer and principal financial officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; accordingly, Item 15 of Part IV has also been amended to reflect the filing of these new certifications.
This Form 10-K/A is limited in scope to the items identified above and should be read in conjunction with the Form 10-K and our other filings with the SEC.
This Form 10-K/A does not reflect events occurring after the filing of the Form 10-K or modify or update those disclosures affected by subsequent events. Consequently, all other information is unchanged and reflects the disclosures made at the time of the filing of the Form 10-K.

As disclosed in Part I, Item 1. Business of the Form 10-K, in the section captioned "Merger with Independent Bank Group, Inc.," on December 9, 2019, the Company entered into an agreement and plan of merger with Independent Bank Group, Inc. ("IBTX") under which the companies will combine in an all-stock merger of equals, with IBTX as the surviving entity (the "Merger"). The Merger is expected to close in mid-2020, subject to satisfaction of customary closing conditions, including receipt of customary regulatory approvals and approval of the merger agreement by the stockholders of TCBI and IBTX, respectively. The executive compensation disclosures under Item 11 in this Form 10-K/A are presented without regard to the terms of the Merger and related agreements which will effect changes in certain elements of the Company’s executive compensation when the transaction closes.


2




TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PART I
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
PART II
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
PART III
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
 
PART IV
Item 15.
Item 16.




23





ITEM 1.10.BUSINESSDIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
BackgroundInformation about our Executive Officers
The disclosures set forth in this item are qualified by Item 1A. Risk FactorsOur named executive officers ("NEOs") for 2019, and the section captioned “Forward-Looking Statements” in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysispositions held by them as of Financial Condition and Results of Operationsthe date of this reportForm 10-K/A, are:
C. Keith Cargill, President and other cautionary statements set forth elsewhere in this report.
Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. (“we”, “us” orChief Executive Officer ("CEO") of the “Company”), a Delaware corporation organized in 1996, is the parentCompany and President and CEO of Texas Capital Bank National Association (the “Bank”). TheMr. Cargill, age 67, has served as President and CEO of the Company isand as a registered bankmember of the board of directors since January 1, 2014. He has served as CEO of the Bank since June 2013, after becoming President of the Bank in October 2008. He served as Chief Lending Officer of the Bank since its inception in December 1998 through July 2013. Mr. Cargill has more than 30 years of banking experience in the North Texas area.
Julie L. Anderson, Chief Financial Officer ("CFO") and Secretary of the Company and CFO of Texas Capital Bank. Ms. Anderson, age 51, has served as the Company’s CFO since July 2017, and served as Chief Accounting Officer from December 2003 through August 2018. She assumed the role of CFO of Texas Capital Bank in July 2013 and the role of Corporate Secretary in May 2014. She served as the Company’s Controller from February 1999 to June 2017.
Vince A. Ackerson, Vice Chairman of Texas Capital Bank. Mr. Ackerson, age 63, has served as Vice Chairman of Texas Capital Bank since August 2019. Prior to holding companythis position, he served as Texas President and a financialChief Lending Officer of Texas Capital Bank from July 2013 to August 2019. He served as Dallas Regional President from October 2008 to July 2013 and as Executive Vice President of Dallas Corporate Banking since the Bank’s inception in December 1998 through July 2013.
John G. Turpen, Chief Risk Officer of the Company andChief Risk Officer of Texas Capital Bank. Mr. Turpen, age 51, assumed the role of Chief Risk Officer of Texas Capital Bank in September 2018 and assumed the role of Chief Risk Officer of the Company on January 1, 2019. From April 2016 to September 2018, Mr. Turpen served as chief risk officer for corporate and commercial banking at U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Turpen joined U.S. Bancorp in 2009 after holding company.increasingly senior positions in credit, risk and strategic planning at HSBC and Wells Fargo. Mr. Turpen’s banking career spans more than 20 years. 
The Bank is headquartered in Dallas, with primary banking offices in Austin, Dallas, Fort Worth, Houston and San Antonio, the five largest metropolitan areasBoard of Texas. All of our business activities are conducted through the Bank. We have focused on organic growth, maintenance of credit quality and recruiting and retaining experienced bankers with strong personal and professional relationships in their communities.Directors
We serve the needs of commercial businesses and successful professionals and entrepreneurs located in Texas as well as operate several lines of business serving a regional or national clientele of commercial borrowers. We are primarily a secured lender, with a majority of our loans being made to businesses headquartered or with operations in Texas. At the same time our national lines of business continue to provide specialized lending products to businesses throughout the United States. We have benefitted from the success of our business model since inception, producing strong loan growth and favorable loss experience amidst a challenging environment for banking nationally.
Growth History
We have grown substantially in both size and profitability since our formation. The table below sets forth data regardinginformation about the growthmembers of keythe Company's board of directors including their ages.
NameAgePosition
Larry L. Helm72Director; Chairman
C. Keith Cargill67Director; President and Chief Executive Officer
Jonathan E. Baliff56Director
James H. Browning70Director
David S. Huntley61Director
Charles S. Hyle69Director
Elysia Holt Ragusa68Director
Steven P. Rosenberg61Director
Robert W. Stallings70Director
Dale W. Tremblay61Director
Ian J. Turpin75Director
Patricia A. Watson54Director
Larry L. Helm has served as a director since January 2006 and was elected chairman of the board in May 2012. He currently serves as a senior advisor for Accelerate Resources, LLC, a company engaged in the acquisition of non-operated oil and natural gas properties and mineral interests located in the Permian Basin and other areas, a position he has held since August 2017. Prior to joining Accelerate Resources, he served as Executive Vice President of Corporate Affairs at Halcón Resources from January 2013 to March 2016. Before Halcón Resources, he served as Executive Vice President, Finance and Administration, for Petrohawk Energy Corporation from June 2004 until its sale to BHP Billiton in July 2011. He served as Vice President-Transition with BHP Billiton prior to joining Halcón Resources in 2012. Prior to joining Petrohawk, Mr. Helm spent 14 years with Bank One, most notably as Chairman and CEO of Bank One Dallas and head of U.S. Middle Market Banking.
As a former banking executive, Mr. Helm has extensive knowledge about our industry. His executive roles in energy companies and experience managing energy and commercial lending groups give him important insights into the Company’s lending activities and make him well qualified to serve as chairman of our board of directors and a member of the Risk Committee.
C. Keith Cargill has served as President and CEO of the Company and as a member of the board of directors since January 1, 2014. He has served as CEO of the Bank since June 2013, after becoming President of the Bank in October 2008. He served as

4



Chief Lending Officer and as a director of the Bank since its inception in December 1998 through July 2013. Mr. Cargill has more than 25 years of banking experience in the North Texas area.
Mr. Cargill has extensive knowledge of all aspects of our business from 2011 through 2015 (in thousands):and particularly its lending operations. His many years of experience as a banker and his leadership in building our Company make him well qualified to serve as a director.
 December 31,
  2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Loans held for sale$86,075
 $
 $
 $
 $
Loans held for investment, mortgage finance4,966,276
 4,102,125
 2,784,265
 3,175,272
 2,080,081
Loans held for investment, net11,745,674
 10,154,887
 8,486,603
 6,785,837
 5,572,764
Assets18,909,139
 15,905,713
 11,720,064
 10,540,844
 8,137,618
Demand deposits6,386,911
 5,011,619
 3,347,567
 2,535,375
 1,751,944
Total deposits15,084,619
 12,673,300
 9,257,379
 7,440,804
 5,556,257
Stockholders’ equity1,623,533
 1,484,190
 1,096,350
 836,242
 616,331
The following table provides information about the growth of our loans held for investment ("LHI") portfolio by type of loan from 2011 through 2015 (in thousands):
 December 31,
  2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Commercial$6,672,631
 $5,869,219
 $5,020,565
 $4,106,419
 $3,275,150
Total real estate4,990,914
 4,223,532
 3,409,427
 2,630,390
 2,241,670
Construction1,851,717
 1,416,405
 1,262,905
 737,637
 422,026
Real estate term3,139,197
 2,807,127
 2,146,522
 1,892,753
 1,819,644
Mortgage finance4,966,276
 4,102,125
 2,784,265
 3,175,272
 2,080,081
Equipment leases113,996
 99,495
 93,160
 69,470
 61,792
Consumer25,323
 19,699
 15,350
 19,493
 24,822

3



The Texas Market
The Texas market for banking services is highly competitive. Texas’ largest banking organizations are headquartered outside of Texas and are controlled by out-of-state organizations. We also compete with other providers of financial services, suchJonathan E. Baliff has served as savings and loan associations, credit unions, consumer finance companies, securities firms, insurance companies, commercial finance and leasing companies, full service brokerage firms and discount brokerage firms. We believe that many middle market companies and successful professionals and entrepreneurs are interested in banking with a company headquartered in, and with decision-making authority based in, Texas and with established Texas bankers who have the expertise to actdirector since July 2017. Mr. Baliff served as trusted advisors to customers with regard to their banking needs.
Our banking centers in our target markets are served by experienced bankers with lending expertise in the specific industries found in their market areas and established community ties. We believe our Bank can offer customers more responsive and personalized service than our competitors. If we provide effective service to these customers, we believe we will be able to establish long-term relationships and provide multiple products to our customers, thereby enhancing our profitability.
National Lines of Business
While the Texas market continues to be centralan advisor to the growth and success of our company, we have developed several lines of business, including our mortgage finance, mortgage correspondent aggregation, homebuilder finance, insurance premium finance and lender finance lines of business, that offer specialized loan and deposit products to businesses regionally and throughout the country. We believe this helps us mitigate our geographic concentration risk in Texas.
In the third quarter of 2015, we launched a correspondent lending program, mortgage correspondent aggregation ("MCA"), to complement our mortgage finance warehouse lending program. Through our MCA program we commit to purchase residential mortgage loans from independent correspondent lenders and deliver those loans into the secondary market via whole loan sales to independent third parties or in securitization transactions to government sponsored enterprises such as Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae.
Business Strategy
Drawing on the business and community ties of our management and their banking experience, our strategy is to continue building an independent bank that focuses primarily on middle market business customers and successful professionals and entrepreneurs in eachoffice of the five major metropolitan markets of TexasBristow Group, Inc. Chairman, a position he held since his retirement from Bristow Group, Inc. in February 2019 until June 2019. Prior to his retirement he served as well as our national lines of business. To achieve this, we seek to implement the following strategies:
Targeting middle market businessesPresident and successful professionals and entrepreneurs;
Growing our loan and deposit base in our existing markets by hiring additional experienced bankers in our different lines of business;
Continuing our emphasis on credit policy to maintain credit quality consistent with long-term objectives;
Leveraging our existing infrastructure to support a larger volume of business;
Maintaining stringent internal approval processes for capital and operating expenditures;
Continuing our extensive use of outsourcing to provide cost-effective operational support and service levels consistent with large-bank operations; and
Extending our reach within our target markets and lines of business through service innovation and service excellence.
Products and Services
We offer a variety of loan, deposit account and other financial products and services to our customers.
Business Customers.    We offer a full range of products and services oriented to the needs of our business customers, including:
commercial loans for general corporate purposes including financing for working capital, internal growth, acquisitions and financing for business insurance premiums;
real estate term and construction loans;
mortgage finance lending;
mortgage correspondent aggregation;
equipment leasing;
treasury management services;
wealth management and trust services; and
letters of credit.

4



Individual Customers.    We also provide complete banking services for our individual customers, including:
personal wealth management and trust services;
certificates of deposit;
interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing checking accounts with optional features such as Visa® debit/ATM cards and overdraft protection;
traditional money market and savings accounts;
loans, both secured and unsecured; and
Internet banking.
Lending Activities
We target our lending to middle market businesses and successful professionals and entrepreneurs that meet our credit standards. The credit standards are set by our standing Credit Policy Committee with the assistance of our Bank’s Chief Credit Officer, who is charged with ensuring that credit standards are met by loans in our portfolio. Our Credit Policy Committee is comprised of senior Bank officers including our Bank’s Chief Executive Officer and as a director of Bristow Group, Inc., from July 2014 until February 2019 and served as Bristow Group’s Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from October 2010 to June 2014. Prior to joining Bristow, he served as Executive Vice President-Strategy at NRG Energy, where he led the development and implementation of NRG’s corporate strategy, as well as acquisitions and business alliances. Prior to joining NRG, he was in Credit Suisse’s Global Energy Group, where he advised energy companies on merger and acquisition assignments and project and corporate financings, most recently as Managing Director. Mr. Baliff started his career at Standard and Poor’s and then worked in JP Morgan’s natural resources group. He also served on active duty in the U.S. Air Force from 1985 until his retirement in 1993 with the rank of Captain.
Mr. Baliff has extensive financial and leadership experience serving in executive roles with other public companies. His focus on corporate strategy, coupled with banking experience earlier in his career, makes him highly qualified to serve as a director and member of the Risk Committee.
James H. Browninghas served as a director since October 2009. He retired in 2009 as a partner at KPMG LLP, an international accounting firm, in Houston where he served companies in the energy, construction, manufacturing, distribution and commercial industries. He began his career at KPMG in 1971, becoming a partner in 1980. He most recently served as KPMG’s Southwest Area Professional Practice Partner, and also served as an SEC Reviewing Partner and as Partner in Charge of the New Orleans audit practice. He currently serves as chairman of the board and member of the Audit Committee of RigNet Inc., a global technology company providing customized communications services, applications, real-time machine learning and cybersecurity solutions to enhance customer decision-making and business performance. He also currently serves as a director of Herc Holdings, Inc., a New York Stock Exchange listed full-service equipment rental company, where he chairs the Audit Committee and is a member of the Finance Committee.
As a former partner with KPMG with more than 38 years in public accounting, Mr. Browning has demonstrated leadership capability. His public accounting experience with various industries gives him a wealth of knowledge in dealing with financial and accounting matters, as well as extensive knowledge of the responsibilities of public company boards. Mr. Browning is highly qualified to serve as a director and the chairman of our Texas President/Audit Committee, where he has been designated a financial expert. He also serves as a member of the Governance and Nominating Committee.
David S. Huntley has served as a director since January 2018. Mr. Huntley currently serves as Senior Executive Vice President and Chief LendingCompliance Officer our Bank'sof AT&T, Inc., a position he has held since December 2014. AT&T Inc. is a leading provider of communications and digital entertainment services in the United States and the world. He served as Senior Vice President and Assistant General Counsel for AT&T Services, Inc. from May 2012 to December 2014 and as Senior Vice President and Assistant General Counsel for AT&T Advertising Solutions and AT&T Interactive from September 2010 to May 2012. From June 2009 to September 2010, Mr. Huntley served as Senior Vice President of AT&T’s Mobility Customer Service Centers. He held positions of increasing responsibility in external affairs, wireless operations, mergers and acquisitions, data operations and other areas within AT&T since joining the company in 1994.
Mr. Huntley’s compliance and legal expertise, as well as his experience developing and implementing policies to safeguard the privacy of customer and employee information, make him highly qualified to serve as a director and member of the Audit Committee.
Charles S. Hyle has served as a director since October 2013. He served as Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer and our Bank’s Chief Credit Officer. We believe we maintainof Key Corp. from June 2004 to his retirement in December 2012. He served as an appropriately diversified loan portfolio. Credit policies and underwriting guidelines are tailored to address the unique risks associatedexecutive with each industry representedBarclays working in the portfolio.U.S. and in London from 1980 to 2003, rising to serve as Managing Director and Global Head of Credit Portfolio Management - Barclays Capital - London. Mr. Hyle began his banking career in 1972 at JP Morgan.
OurMr. Hyle has many years of experience in managing credit standardsand operational risk for commercial borrowers reference numerous criterialarge banking and financial services organizations as a senior executive. This experience provides him with respectan understanding of the risks facing the Company and the Bank and the challenges we will face as we continue to grow and must comply with enhanced regulatory risk management requirements, which make him well qualified to serve as a director and the borrower, including historical and projected financial information, strength of management, acceptable collateral and associated advance rates, and market conditions and trends in the borrower’s industry. In addition, prospective loans are also analyzed based on current industry concentrations in our loan portfolio to prevent an unacceptable concentration of loans in any particular industry. We believe our credit standards are consistent with achieving business objectives in the markets we serve and will generally mitigate a portionchairman of our risk. We believe that we differentiate our BankRisk Committee. He also serves as a member of the Audit Committee and has been designated as a financial expert.
Elysia Holt Ragusa has served as a director since January 2010. She currently serves as Principal of RCubetti, LLC, a business operations, investment and sales advisory firm, a position she has held since February of 2018. She served as an International Director of Jones Lang LaSalle from July 2008 until her retirement in December 2017. From 1989 until 2008, she served as

5



President and Chief Operating Officer of The Staubach Company, chaired Staubach’s Executive and Operating Committees and was a member of its competitors by focusing onboard of directors. Jones Lang LaSalle and aggressively marketing to our core customers and fitting our products to their individual needs.
We generally extend variable rate loansThe Staubach Company merged in which the interest rate fluctuates with2008. She previously served as a specified reference rate such as the United States prime rate or the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and frequently provide fordirector of Fossil Group, Inc., a minimum floor rate. Our usemaker of variable rate loans is designed to protect us from risks associated with interest rate fluctuations since the rates of interest earned will automatically reflect such fluctuations.
Deposit Products
We offer a variety of deposit products and services to our core customers upon terms, including interest rates, which are competitive with other banks. Our business deposit products include commercial checking accounts, lockbox accounts, cash concentration accountswatches and other treasury management services, including on-line dataapparel and server access. Our treasury management on-line system offers information services, wire transfer initiation, ACH initiation, account transferaccessories, where she served as a member of the Compensation Committee and service integration. Our consumer deposit products include checking accounts, savings accounts, money market accountschaired the Nominating and certificates of deposit. We also allow our consumer deposit customers to access their accounts, transfer funds, pay bills and perform other account functions over the Internet and through ATM machines.
Wealth Management and Trust
Our wealth management and trust services include investment management, personal trust and estate services, custodial services, retirement accounts and related services. Our investment management professionals work with our clients to define objectives, goals and strategies for their investment portfolios. We assist the customer with the selection of an investment manager and work with the client to tailor the investment program accordingly. We also offer retirement products such as individual retirement accounts and administrative services for retirement vehicles such as pension and profit sharing plans.
Cayman Islands Branch
We established a branch of our Bank in the Cayman Islands in 2003 which was closed during 2015. Deposits maintained at our Cayman Islands branch originated with our domestic U.S. customer relationships. Deposits at the branch at December 31, 2014 were $312.7 million.
EmployeesCorporate Governance Committee.
As of December 31, 2015, we had 1,329 full-time employees. None of our employees is represented by a collective bargaining agreement and we consider our relationsan executive with our employees to be good.

5



Regulation and Supervision
General.    We and our Bank are subject to extensive federal and state laws and regulations that impose specific requirements on us and provide regulatory oversight of virtuallyexperience in all aspects of the commercial real estate business in Texas, Ms. Ragusa provides valuable insight for this important aspect of our operations. These lawsbusiness. This expertise, her demonstrated leadership capabilities and regulations generallyher public company board experience are intendedvaluable to the Company and make her well qualified to serve as a director, as chairman of our Governance and Nominating Committee and as a member of the Human Resources Committee.
Steven P. Rosenberg has served as a director since September 2001. He is President of SPR Ventures, Inc., a private investment company, a position he has held since June 1997. He served as President of SPR Packaging LLC, a manufacturer of flexible packaging for the protectionfood industry, from May 2007 until his retirement in January 2018. He currently serves on the board of depositors,directors of Cinemark Holdings, a leader in the deposit insurance fundmotion picture exhibition industry, where he serves as chair of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”)Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and is an Audit Committee member.
Mr. Rosenberg offers valuable experience and insight to the board of directors deriving from his background as an entrepreneur, as well as a director of other public companies. Mr. Rosenberg is a member of the Human Resources Committee and serves as the chairman of the Bank’s Trust Committee.
Robert W. Stallings has served as a director since August 2001. He has served as Chairman of the board of directors and CEO of Stallings Capital Group, an investment company, since March 2001. He is currently Executive Chairman of the board of Gainsco, Inc., a property and casualty insurance company, a position he has held since August 2001. Prior to joining Gainsco, he served as Chairman and CEO of an asset management company as well as a savings bank.
Mr. Stallings’ experience in the banking and financial services industries provides extensive knowledge about our industry, which makes him highly qualified to serve as a director and member of the Risk Committee and the stabilityBank’s Trust Committee.
Dale W. Tremblay has served as a director since May 2011. He is the President and CEO of C.H. Guenther and Son, LLC (dba Pioneer Flour Mills), one of the oldest privately held corporations in the U.S. banking system, and serves as a whole, rather thanmember of its board of directors. He joined Guenther in 1998 as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, and became President and CEO in April 2001. He currently serves as a director of Nature Sweet Ltd. He previously served as President for the protection of our stockholdersThe Quaker Oats Company’s worldwide foodservice division and creditors.
The following discussion summarizes certain laws and regulations to which we and our Bank are subject. It does not address all applicable laws and regulations that affect us currently or might affect us in the future. This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full textsformerly was a member of the laws, regulationsMichigan State University School of Finance Advisory Board and policies described.
The Company’s activities are governed by the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”). We are subject to regulation, supervisionBusiness and examination by the Board of GovernorsCommunity Advisory Council of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) pursuantBank of Dallas. He also served as a director of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Inc., one of the world’s largest outdoor advertising companies, where he served as a member of the Audit and Special Committees and serves as chairman of the Compensation Committee.
Mr. Tremblay’s leadership experience in both private and public companies brings valuable knowledge and insight to our board of directors and his service as chairman of our Human Resources Committee.
Ian J. Turpin has served as a director since May 2001. Since 1992, he has served as President and director of LBJ Family Wealth Advisors, Ltd. (formerly LBJ Asset Management Partners, Ltd. and The LBJ Holding Company, LP) and has managed various companies affiliated with the family of the late President of the United States, Lyndon B. Johnson, which have included radio, real estate and private equity investments and diversified investment portfolios. From 1989 through 2015 he served as CEO of BusinesSuites, LP, a provider of serviced office space.
Mr. Turpin’s business experience in international banking and wealth management and in a variety of industries offers valuable insights to the BHCA. We file quarterly reportsboard of directors and other information with the Federal Reserve. We file reports with the SecuritiesGovernance and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and are subject to its regulation with respect to our securities, reporting and certain governance matters, including matters submitted for stockholder approval. Our securities are listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, and we are subject to Nasdaq rules for listed companies.Nominating Committee.
Our Bank is organizedPatricia A. Watson has served as a national banking association under the National Bank Act, anddirector since February 2016. She is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the OfficeCo-President of the ComptrollerEnterprise Collaboration division of Intrado Corporation, an innovative, cloud-based, global technology partner. Prior to joining Intrado, she served as the Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer of Total System Services, Inc., ("TSYS"), a global payment solutions provider for financial and non-financial institutions from September 2016 until December 2019. Prior to joining TSYS she served as Vice President and Global Chief Information Officer for The Brinks Company. Prior to joining Brinks, she worked with Bank of America for more than 14 years in technology positions of increasing responsibility. She spent 10 years in the United States Air Force as executive staff officer, flight commander and director of operations. Ms. Watson currently serves as a director of Rockwell Automation, Inc., where she is a member of the Currency (the “OCC”), the FDICAudit Committee and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”)Technology Committee.
Ms. Watson’s expertise in information technology and security in the financial services and payments industries, as well as being subject to regulation by certain other federal and state agencies. The OCC has primary supervisory responsibility for our Bank and performs a continuous program of examinations concerning safety and soundness, the quality of management and directors, information technology and compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Our Bank files quarterly reports of condition and income with the FDIC, which provides insurance for certain of our Bank’s deposits. The CFPB has regulation, supervision and examination authority over our Bank with respect to substantially all federal statutes protecting the interests of consumers of financial services.
Bank Holding Company Regulation.    The BHCA limits our business to banking, managing or controlling banks and other activities that the Federal Reserve has determined to be closely related to banking. We have elected to register with the Federal Reserve as a financial holding company. This authorizes us to engage in any activity that is either (i) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity, as determined by the Federal Reserve, or (ii) complementary to a financial activity, so long as the activity does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of our Bank or the financial system generally, as determined by the Federal Reserve. Examples of non-banking activities that are financial in nature include securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting and making merchant banking investments.
We are not at this time exercising this authority at the parent company level. We, through our Bank, engage in traditional banking activities that are deemed financial in nature. In order for us to undertake new activities permitted by the BHCA, we and our Bank must be considered "well capitalized" (as defined below) and well managed, our Bank must have received a rating of at least satisfactory in its most recent examination under the Community Reinvestment Act and we would be required to notify the Federal Reserve within thirty days of engaging in the new activity.
Under Federal Reserve policy, now codified by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act ("Dodd-Frank Act"), we are expected to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to our Bank and commit resources to its support. Such support may be required at times when, absent this Federal Reserve policy, a holding company may not be inclined to provide it. We could in certain circumstances be required to guarantee the capital plan of our Bank if it became undercapitalized.
It is the policy of the Federal Reserve that financial holding companies may pay cash dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. The policy provides that financial holding companies may not pay cash dividends in an amount that would undermine the holding company’s abilityher strategic leadership skills, make her highly qualified to serve as a source of strength to its banking subsidiary.
With certain limited exceptions, the BHCA prohibits a person or company or a group of persons deemed to be “acting in concert” from, directly or indirectly, acquiring more than 10% (5% if the acquirer is a bank holding company) of any class of our voting stock or obtaining the ability to control in any manner the election of a majority of our directors or otherwise direct the management or policies of our company without prior notice or application todirector and the approvalmember of the Federal Reserve.Audit Committee.
If, in the opinionCode of the applicable federal bank regulatory authorities, a depository institution or holding company is engaged in or is about to engage in an unsafe or unsound practice (which could include the payment of dividends), such authority may require, generally after noticeBusiness Conduct and hearing, that such institution or holding company cease and desist such practice. Ethics
The federal banking agencies have indicated that paying dividends that deplete a depository institution’s or holding company’s capital base to an inadequate level would be such an unsafe or unsound banking practice. Moreover, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC have issued policy statements providing that financial holding companies and insured depository institutions generally should only pay dividends out of current operating earnings.

6



Regulation of Our Bank by the OCC. National banks the size of our Bank are subject to continuous regulation, supervision and examination by the OCC. The OCC regulates or monitors all areas of a national bank’s operations, including security devices and procedures, adequacy of capitalization and loss reserves, accounting treatment and impact on capital determinations, loans, investments, borrowings, deposits, liquidity, mergers, issuances of securities, payment of dividends, interest rate risk management, establishment of branches, corporate reorganizations, maintenance of books and records, and adequacy of staff training to carry on safe and sound lending and deposit gathering practices. The OCC requires national banks to maintain specified capital ratios and imposes limitations on their aggregate investment in real estate, bank premises and furniture and fixtures. National banks are required by the OCC to file quarterly reports of their financial condition and results of operations and to obtain an annual audit of their financial statements in compliance with minimum standards and procedures prescribed by the OCC.
Capital Adequacy Requirements.    Federal banking regulators haveCompany has adopted a system using risk-based capital guidelines to evaluate the capital adequacyCode of banksBusiness Conduct and bank holding companies that is based upon the 1988 capital accordEthics ("Code of the Bank for International Settlements’ Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”Conduct"), a committee of central banks and bank regulators from the major industrialized countries that coordinates international standards for bank regulation. Under the guidelines, specific categories of assets and off-balance-sheet activities such as letters of credit are assigned risk weights, based generally on the perceived credit or other risks associated with the asset. Off-balance-sheet activities are assigned a credit conversion factor based on the perceived likelihood that they will become on-balance-sheet assets. These risk weights are multiplied by corresponding asset balances to determine a “risk weighted” asset base which is then measured against various measures of capital to produce capital ratios.
An organization’s capital is classified in one of two tiers, Core Capital, or Tier 1, and Supplementary Capital, or Tier 2. Tier 1 capital includes common stock, retained earnings, qualifying non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, minority interests in the equity of consolidated subsidiaries, a limited amount of qualifying trust preferred securities and qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock at the holding company level, less goodwill and most intangible assets. Tier 2 capital includes perpetual preferred stock and trust preferred securities not meeting the Tier 1 definition, mandatory convertible debt securities, subordinated debt, and allowances for loan and lease losses. Each category is subject to a number of regulatory definitional and qualifying requirements.
The Basel Committee in 2010 released a set of recommendations for strengthening international capital and liquidity regulation of banking organizations, known as Basel III. In July 2013, the Federal Reserve published final rules for the adoption of the Basel III regulatory capital framework (the “Basel III Capital Rules”). The Basel III Capital Rules became effective for us on January 1, 2015, with certain transition provisions phasing in over a period ending on January 1, 2019.
The Basel III Capital Rules, among other things, (i) specified a capital measure called “Common Equity Tier 1” (“CET1”), (ii) specified that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting specified requirements, (iii) narrowed the definition of CET1 by requiring that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital and (iv) expanded the scope of the deductions/adjustments to the capital measures as compared to prior regulations. Our Series A 6.5% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock constitutes Additional Tier 1 capital and our subordinated notes constitute Tier 2 capital.
The Basel III Capital Rules also changed the Tier 1 risk-based capital requirements and the total risk-based requirements to a minimum of 6.0% and 8.0%, respectively, plus a capital conservation buffer of 2.5% producing targeted ratios of 8.5% and 10.5%, respectively. The leverage ratio requirement under the Basel III Capital Rules is 5.0%. In order to be well capitalized under the rules now in effect, our Bank must maintain a CET1 capital ratio, Tier 1 capital ratio and total capital ratio of greater than or equal to 6.5%, 8.0% and 10.0%, respectively. See “Selected Financial Data - Capital and Liquidity Ratios.
We met the capital adequacy requirements under the Basel III Capital Rules on a fully phased-in basis when we commenced filing 2015 reports with the FDIC and OCC. At December 31, 2015 our Bank's CET1 ratio was 7.82% and its total risk-based capital ratio was 10.57% and, as a result, it is currently classified as "well capitalized" for purposes of the OCC's prompt corrective action regulations.
Because we had less than $15 billion in total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009, we are allowed to continue to classify our trust preferred securities, all of which were issued prior to May 19, 2010, as Tier 1 capital. We have elected to exclude the effects of accumulated other comprehensive income items included in stockholders’ equity from the determination of capital ratios under the Basel III Capital Rules.
Regulators may change capital and liquidity requirements, including previous interpretations of practices related to risk weights, which could require an increase to the allocation of capital to assets held by our Bank. Regulators could also require us to make retroactive adjustments to financial statements to reflect such changes. A regulatory capital ratio or category may not constitute an accurate representation of the Bank’s overall financial condition or prospects. Our regulatory capital status is addressed in more detail under the heading “Liquidity and Capital Resources” within Management’s Discussion and Analysis of

7



Financial Condition and Results of Operations and in Note 14 - Regulatory Restrictions in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) sets forth five capital categories for insured depository institutions under the prompt corrective action regulations:
Well capitalized-equals or exceeds a 10% total risk-based capital ratio, 8% Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, and 5% leverage ratio and is not subject to any written agreement, order or directive requiring it to maintain a specific level for any capital measure;
Adequately capitalized-equals or exceeds an 8% total risk-based capital ratio, 6% Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, and 4% leverage ratio;
Undercapitalized-total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8%, or a Tier 1 risk-based ratio of less than 6%, or a leverage ratio of less than 4%;
Significantly undercapitalized-total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%, or a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4%, or a leverage ratio of less than 3%; and
Critically undercapitalized-a ratio of tangible equity to total assets equal to or less than 2%.
Federal bank regulatory agencies are required to implement arrangements for “prompt corrective action” for institutions failing to meet minimum requirements to be at least adequately capitalized. FDICIA imposes an increasingly stringent array of restrictions, requirements and prohibitions as an organization’s capital levels deteriorate. An adequately capitalized institution may not accept or roll over brokered deposits without an FDIC waiver. A significantly undercapitalized institution is subject to mandated capital raising activities, restrictions on interest rates paid and transactions with affiliates, removal of management and other restrictions. The OCC has only very limited discretion in dealing with a critically undercapitalized institution and is virtually required to appoint a receiver or conservator (the FDIC) if the capital deficiency is not corrected promptly.
Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”), “critically undercapitalized” banks may not, beginning 60 days after becoming critically undercapitalized, make any payment of principal or interest on their subordinated debt (subject to certain limited exceptions). In addition, under Section 18(i) of the FDIA, banks are required to obtain the advance consent of the FDIC to retire any part of their subordinated notes. Under the FDIA, a bank may not pay interest on its subordinated notes if such interest is required to be paid only out of net profits, or distribute any of its capital assets, while it remains in default on any assessment due to the FDIC.
Federal bank regulators may set capital requirements for a particular banking organization that are higher than the minimum ratios when circumstances warrant. Federal Reserve and OCC guidelines provide that banking organizations experiencing significant growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels, without significant reliance on intangible assets. Concentration of credit risks arising from non-traditional activities, as well as an institution’s ability to manage these risks, are important factors taken into account by regulatory agencies in assessing an organization’s overall capital adequacy.
The OCC and the Federal Reserve also use a leverage ratio as an additional tool to evaluate the capital adequacy of banking organizations. The leverage ratio is a company’s Tier 1 capital divided by its average total consolidated assets. A minimum leverage ratio of 3.0% is required for banks and bank holding companies that either have the highest supervisory rating or have implemented the appropriate federal regulatory authority’s risk-adjusted measure for market risk. All other banks and bank holding companies are required to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%, unless a different minimum is specified by an appropriate regulatory authority. In order to be considered well capitalized the leverage ratio must be at least 5.0%.
Our Bank’s leverage ratio was 8.75% at December 31, 2015 and, as a result, it is currently classified as “well capitalized” for purposes of the OCC’s prompt corrective action regulations.
The risk-based and leverage capital ratios established by federal banking regulators are minimum supervisory ratios generally applicable to banking organizations that meet specified criteria, assuming that they otherwise have received the highest regulatory ratings in their most recent examinations. Banking organizations not meeting these criteria are expected to operate with capital positions in excess of the minimum ratios. Regulators can, from time to time, change their policies or interpretations of banking practices to require changes in risk weights, which may require the Bank to obtain additional capital to support future growth or reduce asset balances in order to meet minimum acceptable capital ratios.

8



Liquidity Requirements.    U.S. bank regulators in September 2014 issued a final rule implementing the Basel III liquidity framework for certain U.S. banks - generally those having more than $50 billion of assets or whose primary federal banking regulator determines compliance with the liquidity framework is appropriate based on the organization's size, level of complexity, risk profile, scope of operations, U.S. or non-U.S. affiliations or risk to the financial system. One of the liquidity tests included in the new rule, referred to as the liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”), is designed to ensure that a banking entity maintains an adequate level of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets equal to the entity’s expected net cash outflow for a 30-day time horizon (or, if greater, 25% of its expected total cash outflow) under an acute liquidity stress scenario.
The other test, referred to as the net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”), is designed to promote more medium- and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banking entities over a one-year time horizon. These requirements are predicted to encourage the covered banking entities to increase their holdings of U.S. Treasury securities and other sovereign debt as a component of assets, and also to increase the use of long-term debt as a funding source. Regulators may change capital and liquidity requirements, including previous interpretations of practices related to risk weights, which could require an increase to the allocation of capital to assets held by our Bank. Regulators could also require us to make retroactive adjustments to financial statements and reported capital ratios to reflect such changes.
Stress Testing.    Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act and regulations published by the Federal Reserve and OCC, institutions with average total consolidated assets greater than $10 billion are required to conduct an annual “stress test” of capital and consolidated earnings and losses under a base case and two severely adverse stress scenarios provided by bank regulatory agencies. We became subject to this requirement in 2014 and have developed dedicated staffing, economic models, policies and procedures to implement stress testing on an annual basis using scenarios released by the agencies each year.
Commencing in 2016 the results of our stress testing must be reported to the agencies in July of each year and public disclosure of our summary stress test results is required to be made in October of each year. The published results of our stress testing are available in the Investor Relations section of our website at www.texascapitalbank.com under the caption “Financial Information.” Results of stress test calculations are anticipated to become an important factor considered by banking regulators in evaluating a range of banking practices. We are incorporating the economic models and information developed through our stress testing program into our risk management and business planning activities.
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Modernization Act of 1999 ("Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act").    The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act:
allows bank holding companies meeting management, capital and Community Reinvestment Act standards to engage in a substantially broader range of non-banking activities than was permissible prior to enactment, including insurance underwriting and making merchant banking investments in commercial and financial companies;
allows insurers and other financial services companies to acquire banks;
removes various restrictions that applied to bank holding company ownership of securities firms and mutual fund advisory companies; and
establishes the overall regulatory structure applicable to bank holding companies that also engage in insurance and securities operations.
The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act also modifies other current financial laws, including laws related to financial privacy. The financial privacy provisions generally prohibit financial institutions, including us, from disclosing non-public personal financial information to non-affiliated third parties unless customers have the opportunity to “opt out” of the disclosure.
Community Reinvestment Act.    The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”) requires depository institutions to assist in meeting the credit needs of their market areas consistent with safe and sound banking practice. Under the CRA, each depository institution is required to help meet the credit needs of its market areas by, among other things, providing credit to low- and moderate-income individuals and communities. Depository institutions are periodically examined for compliance with the CRA and are assigned ratings. In order for a financial holding company to commence new activity permitted by the BHCA, each insured depository institution subsidiary of the financial holding company must have received a rating of at least “satisfactory” in its most recent examination under the CRA.
The USA Patriot Act, the International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act and the Bank Secrecy Act.    A major focus of U.S. government policy regarding financial institutions in recent years has been combating money laundering, terrorist financing and other illegal payments. The USA Patriot Act of 2001 and the International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001 substantially broadened the scope of United States anti-money laundering laws and penalties, specifically related to the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, and expanded the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the U.S. government in this area. Regulations issued under these laws impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their customers. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing, or to comply with relevant laws or regulations, could have serious legal, reputational and financial consequences for the institution. Because of the significance of regulatory

9



emphasis on these requirements, we will continue to expend significant staffing, technology and financial resources to maintain programs designed to ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations and an effective audit function for testing our compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act on an ongoing basis.
Safe and Sound Banking Practices; Enforcement.    Banks and bank holding companies are prohibited from engaging in unsafe and unsound banking practices. Bank regulators have broad authority to prohibit and penalize activities of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries which represent unsafe and unsound banking practices or which constitute violations of laws, regulations or written directives of or agreements with regulators. Regulators have considerable discretion in identifying what they deem to be unsafe and unsound practices and in pursuing enforcement actions in response to them.
Enforcement actions against us, our Bank and our officers and directors may include the issuance of a written directive, the issuance of a cease-and-desist order that can be judicially enforced, the imposition of civil money penalties, the issuance of directives to increase capital, the issuance of formal and informal agreements, the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against institution-affiliated parties, the imposition of restrictions and sanctions under prompt corrective action provisions, the termination of deposit insurance (in the case of our Bank) and the appointment of a conservator or receiver for our Bank. Civil money penalties can be as high as $1.0 million for each day a violation continues.
Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders.    Our Bank is subject to Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act which places limits on, among other covered transactions, the amount of loans or extensions of credit to affiliates that may be made by our Bank. Extensions of credit to affiliates must be adequately collateralized by specified amounts and types of collateral. Section 23A also limits the amount of loans or advances by our Bank to third party borrowers which are collateralized by our securities or obligations or those of our subsidiaries. Our Bank also is subject to Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, which, among other things, prohibits an institution from engaging in transactions with affiliates unless the transactions are on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to such institution or its subsidiaries, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with non-affiliates.
We are subject to restrictions on extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, principal stockholders and their related interests. These restrictions are contained in the Federal Reserve Act and Federal Reserve Regulation O and apply to all insured institutions as well as their subsidiaries and holding companies. These restrictions include limits on loans to one borrower and conditions that must be met before such loans can be made. There is also an aggregate limitation on all loans to insiders and their related interests, which cannot exceed the institution’s total unimpaired capital and surplus, unless the FDIC determines that a lesser amount is appropriate. Insiders are subject to enforcement actions for knowingly accepting loans in violation of applicable restrictions. Additional restrictions on transactions with affiliates and insiders are discussed in the Dodd-Frank Act section below.
Restrictions on Dividends and Repurchases.    The sole source of funding of our parent company financial obligations has consisted of proceeds of capital markets transactions and cash payments from our Bank for debt service and dividend payments with respect to our Bank's preferred stock issued to the Company. We may in the future seek to rely upon receipt of dividends paid by our Bank to meet our financial obligations. Our Bank is subject to statutory dividend restrictions. Under such restrictions, national banks may not, without the prior approval of the OCC, declare dividends in excess of the sum of the current year’s net profits plus the retained net profits from the prior two years, less any required transfers to surplus. The Basel III Capital Rules further limit the amount of dividends that may be paid by our Bank. In addition, under the FDICIA, our Bank may not pay any dividend if it is undercapitalized or if payment would cause it to become undercapitalized.
Limits on Compensation.    The Federal Reserve, OCC and FDIC in 2010 issued comprehensive final guidance on incentive compensation policies for executive management of banks and bank holding companies. This guidance was intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine their safety and soundness by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The objective of the guidance is to assure that incentive compensation arrangements (i) provide incentives that do not encourage excessive risk-taking, (ii) are compatible with effective internal controls and risk management and (iii) are supported by strong corporate governance, including oversight by the board of directors.
The Dodd-Frank Act.    The Dodd-Frank Act became law in 2010 and has had a broad impact on the financial services industry, imposing significant regulatory and compliance changes. A significant volume of financial services regulations required by the Dodd-Frank Act have not yet been finalized by banking regulators, Congress continues to consider legislation that would make significant changes to the law and courts are addressing significant litigation arising under the Act, making it difficult to predict the ultimate effect of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business. The following discussion provides a brief summary of certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that may have an effect on us.
The Dodd-Frank Act significantly reduces the ability of national banks to rely upon federal preemption of state consumer financial laws. Although the OCC, as the primary regulator of national banks, has the ability to make preemption determinations where certain conditions are met, the broad rollback of federal preemption has the potential to create a patchwork of federal and state compliance obligations and enforcement. This could, in turn, result in significant new regulatory

10



requirements applicable to us and certain of our lending activities, with potentially significant changes in our operations and increases in our compliance costs.
The Dodd-Frank Act made permanent the general $250,000 deposit insurance limit for insured deposits. Amendments to the FDIA also revised the assessment base against which an insured depository institution’s deposit insurance premiums paid to the FDIC’s deposit insurance fund (“DIF”) are calculated. The assessment base now consists of average consolidated total assets less average tangible equity. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act made changes to the minimum designated reserve ratio of the DIF, increasing the minimum from 1.15% to 1.35% of the estimated amount of total insured deposits, and eliminating the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds. These changes contributed to an increase in the FDIC deposit insurance premiums paid by us in 2014 and 2015 and may contribute to increasing and less predictable deposit insurance expense in future years.
The Dodd-Frank Act generally enhances the restrictions on transactions with affiliates under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and an increase in the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered credit transactions must be satisfied. Insider transaction limitations are expanded through the strengthening of restrictions on loans to insiders and the expansion of the types of transactions subject to the various limits, including derivatives transactions, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements and securities lending or borrowing transactions. Restrictions are also placed on certain asset sales to and from an insider to an institution, including requirements that such sales be on market terms and, in certain circumstances, approved by the institution’s board of directors.
The Dodd-Frank Act increases the risk of “secondary actor liability” for lenders such as our Bank that provide financing or other services to customers offering financial products or services to consumers. The Act can impose liability on a service provider for knowingly or recklessly providing substantial assistance to a customer found to have engaged in unfair, deceptive or abusive practices that injure a consumer. This exposure contributes to increased compliance and other costs in connection with administration of credit extended to entities engaged in activities covered by the Dodd-Frank Act.
The Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent compliance, capital, liquidity and leverage requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business. These developments may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make changes to our business as necessary to comply with new and changing statutory and regulatory requirements.
The Volcker Rule.    The Dodd-Frank Act amended the BHCA to require the federal financial regulatory agencies to adopt rules that prohibit banks and their affiliates from engaging in proprietary trading in designated types of financial instruments and from investing in and sponsoring certain hedge funds and private equity funds. The final rule became effective in July 2015. It is highly complex, and many aspects of its application remain uncertain. We do not currently anticipate that the Volcker Rule will have a material effect on our operations since we do not engage in the businesses prohibited by the Volcker Rule. Unanticipated effects of the Volcker Rule’s provisions or future interpretations may have an adverse effect on our business or services provided to our Bank by other financial institutions.
Available Information
Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we are required to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). You may read and copy any document filed by us with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. We file electronically with the SEC.
We make available, free of charge through our website, our reports on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K, and amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are filed with or furnished to the SEC. Additionally, we have adopted and posted on our website a code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officerall its employees, including its CEO, CFO and principal accounting officer.Chief Accounting Officer. The address for ourCompany has made the Code of Conduct available on its website is www.texascapitalbank.com.at

6



www.texascapitalbank.com. Any amendments to, or waivers from, our codeCode of ethicsConduct applicable to our executive officers will be posted on our website within four days of such amendment or waiver. We will provide a printed copy
Corporate Governance
The board of any of the aforementioned documentsdirectors is committed to any requesting stockholder.
ITEM 1A.RISK FACTORS
Our business is subject to risk. The following discussion, along with management’s discussion and analysis and our financial statements and footnotes, sets forth the most significant risks and uncertainties that we believe could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Additional risks and uncertainties that management is not aware of or that management currently deems immaterial may also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. There is no assurance that this discussion covers all potential risks that we face. The occurrence of the

11



described risks could cause our results to differ materially from those described in our forward-looking statements included elsewhere in this report, and could have a material adverse impact on our business or results of operations.
Risk Factors Associated With Our Business
We must effectively manage our credit risk.    The risk of non-payment of loans is inherent in commercial banking. Increased credit risk may result from many factors, including
Adverse changes in local, U.S. and global economic and industry conditions;
Declines in the value of collateral, including asset values that are directly or indirectly related to external factors such as commodity prices or interest rates;
Concentrations of credit associated with specific loan categories, industries or collateral types; and
Risks specific to individual borrowers.
We rely heavily on information provided by third parties when originating and monitoring loans. If this information is intentionally or negligently misrepresented and we do not detect such misrepresentations, the credit risk associated with the transaction may be increased. Although we attempt to manage our credit risk by carefully monitoring the concentration of our loans within specific loan categories and industries and through prudent loan approval and monitoring practices in all categories of our lending, we cannot assure you that our approval and monitoring procedures will reduce these lending risks. Competitive pressures could erode underwriting standards leading to a decline in general credit quality and increases in credit defaults and non-performing asset levels. If our credit administration personnel, policies and procedures are not able to adequately adapt to changes in economic, competitive or other conditions that affect customers and the quality of the loan portfolio, we may incur increased losses that could adversely affect our financial results and lead to increased regulatory scrutiny, restrictions on our lending activity or financial penalties.
A significant portion of our assets consists of commercial loans. We generally invest a greater proportion of our assets in commercial loans to business customers than other banking institutions of our size, and our business plan calls for continued efforts to increase our assets invested in these loans. At December 31, 2015, approximately 40% of our LHI portfolio was comprised of commercial loans. Commercial loans may involve a higher degree of credit risk than other types of loans due, in part, to their larger average size, the effects of changing economic conditions on the businesses of our commercial loan customers, the dependence of borrowers on operating cash flow to service debt and our reliance upon collateral which may not be readily marketable. Due to the proportion of these commercial loans in our portfolio and because the balances of these loans are, on average, larger than other categories of loans, losses incurred on a relatively small number of commercial loans could have a materially adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.
A significant portion of our loans are secured by commercial and residential real estate. At December 31, 2015, approximately 30% of our loan portfolio was comprised of loans with real estate as the primary component of collateral. Our real estate lending activities, and our exposure to fluctuations in real estate collateral values, are significant and expected to increase as our assets increase. The market value of real estate can fluctuate significantly in a relatively short period of time as a result of market conditions in the geographic area in which the real estate is located, in response to factors such as changes in the economic health of industries heavily concentrated in a particular area and in response to changes in market interest rates which influence capitalization rates used to value revenue-generating commercial real estate. If the value of real estate serving as collateral for our loans declines materially, a significant part of our loan portfolio could become under-collateralized and losses incurred upon borrower defaults would increase. Conditions in certain segments of the real estate industry, including homebuilding, lot development and mortgage lending, may have an effect on values of real estate pledged as collateral for our loans. The inability of purchasers of real estate, including residential real estate, to obtain financing may weaken the financial condition of our borrowers who are dependent on the sale or refinancing of property to repay their loans. Changes in the economic health of certain industries can have a significant impact on other sectors or industries which are both directly and indirectly associated with the industry.
Our business is concentrated in Texas; our Energy industry exposure could adversely affect our performance. A substantial majority of our customers are located in Texas. As a result, our financial condition and results of operations may be strongly affected by any prolonged period of economic recession or other adverse business, economic or regulatory conditions affecting Texas businesses and financial institutions. While the Texas economy is more diversified than in the 1980’s, the energy sector continues to play an important role. At December 31, 2015 our outstanding energy loans represented 7% of total loans. Our energy loans consist primarily of reserve-based loans to exploration and production companies with a smaller portion of our loan balances attributable to royalty owners, midstream operators, saltwater disposal and other service companies whose businesses primarily relate to production, not exploration and development of oil and gas.These businesses can be significantly affected by volatility in oil and natural gas prices and material declines in the level of drilling and production activity in Texas and in other areas of the United States. Adverse developments in the energy sector can have significant spillover effects on the Texas economy, including commercial and residential real estate values and the general level of economic activity. We are

12



carefully monitoring the impact of the continuing significant decline and volatility in oil and natural gas prices on our loan portfolio, and have reflected these events in the determination of our allowance for loan and lease losses as of December 31, 2015. We experienced an increase in non-performing assets primarily related to energy loans during 2015 and there is no assurance that we will not be materially adversely impacted by the direct and indirect effects of current and future conditions in the energy industry in Texas and nationally.
Our future profitability depends, to a significant extent, upon our middle market business customers. Our future profitability depends, to a significant extent, upon revenue we receive from middle market business customers, and their ability to continue to meet their loan obligations. Adverse economic conditions or other factors affecting this market segment, and our failure to timely identify and react to unexpected economic downturns, may have a greater adverse effect on us than on other financial institutions that have a more diversified customer base. Additionally, our inability to grow our middle market business customer base in a highly competitive market could affect our future profitability.
We must maintain an appropriate allowance for loan losses. Our experience in the banking industry indicates that some portion of our loans will become delinquent, and some may only be partially repaid or may never be repaid at all. We maintain an allowance for loan losses, which is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense each quarter, that is consistent with management’s assessment of the collectability of the loan portfolio in light of the amount of loans committed and outstanding and current economic conditions and market trends. When specific loan losses are identified, the amount of the expected loss is removed, or charged-off, from the allowance. Our methodology for establishing the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses depends on our subjective application of risk grades as indicators of each borrower’s ability to repay specific loans, together with our assessment of how actual or projected changes in competitor underwriting practices, competition for borrowers and depositors and other conditions in our markets are likely to impact improvement or deterioration in the collectability of our loans as compared to our historical experience.
Our business model makes our Bank more vulnerable to changes in underlying business credit quality than other banks with which we compete. We have a substantially larger percentage of commercial, real estate and other categories of business loans relative to total assets than most other banks in our market and our individual loans are generally larger as a percentage of our total earning assets than other banks. While we have substantially increased our liquidity over the past two years, these funds are invested in low-yielding deposits with federal agencies and other financial institutions. We have a substantially smaller portion of securities and other earning assets categories that can be less vulnerable to changes in local, regional or industry-specific economic trends, causing our potential for credit losses to be more severe than other banks. Our business model has focused on growth in various loan categories that can be more sensitive to changes in the economic trends. We believe our ability to maintain above-peer rates of growth in commercial loans is dependent on maintaining above-peer credit quality metrics. The failure to do so would have a material adverse impact on our growth and profitability.
If our assessment of inherent losses is inaccurate, or economic and market conditions or our borrowers' financial performance experience material unanticipated changes, the allowance may become inadequate, requiring larger provisions for loan losses that can materially decrease our earnings. Certain of our loans individually represent a significant percentage of our total allowance for loan losses. Adverse collection experience in a relatively small number of these loans could require an increase in the provision for loan losses. Federal regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and, based on their judgments, which may be different than ours, may require us to change classifications or grades of loans, increase the allowance for loan losses and recognize further loan charge-offs. Any increase in the allowance for loan losses or in the amount of loan charge-offs required by these regulatory agencies could have a negative effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
Our growth plans are dependent on the availability of capital and funding. Our historical ability to raise capital through the sale of capital stock and debt securities may be affected by economic and market conditions or regulatory changes that are beyond our control. Adverse changes in our operating performance or financial condition could make raising additional capital difficult or more expensive or limit our access to customary sources of funding, including inter-bank borrowings, repurchase agreements and borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank or the Federal Home Loan Bank. Unexpected changes in requirements for regulatory capital resulting from regulatory actions or the results of our Dodd-Frank Act stress testing could require us to raise capital at a time, and at a price, that might be unfavorable, or require that we forego continuing growth or shrink our balance sheet. We cannot offer assurance that capital and funding will be available to us in the future, in needed amounts, upon acceptable terms or at all. Our efforts to raise capital could require the issuance of securities at times and with maturities, conditions and rates that are disadvantageous, and which could have a dilutive impact on our current stockholders. Factors that could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital include conditions in the capital markets, our financial performance, regulatory actions and general economic conditions. Increases in our cost of capital, including dilution and increased interest or dividend requirements, could have a direct adverse impact on our operating performance and our ability to achieve our growth objectives. Trust preferred securities are no longer viable as a source of new long-term debt capital as a result of regulatory changes. The treatment of our existing trust preferred securities as capital may be subject to further regulatory change prior to their maturity, which could require the Company to seek additional capital.

13



We must effectively manage our liquidity risk. Our Bank requires available funds (liquidity) to meet its deposit, debt and other obligations as they come due, borrower requests to draw on committed credit facilities as well as unexpected demands for cash payments. While we are not subject to Basel III liquidity regulations, the adequacy of our liquidity is a matter of regulatory interest given the significant portion of our balance sheet represented by loans as opposed to securities and other more marketable investments. Our Bank’s principal source of funding consists of customer deposits. A substantial majority of our Bank’s liabilities consist of demand, savings, interest checking and money market deposits, which are payable on demand or upon several days’ notice. By comparison, a substantial portion of our assets are loans, most of which, excluding our mortgage finance loans and mortgage loans held for sale, cannot be collected or sold in so short a time frame, creating the potential for an imbalance in the availability of liquid assets to satisfy depositors and loan funding requirements.
We hold smaller balances of marketable securities than many of our competitors, limiting our ability to increase our liquidity by completing market sales of these assets. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of securities and loans and other sources, including our access to capital market transactions, could have a substantial negative effect on our Bank’s liquidity. We actively manage our available sources of funds to meet our expected needs under normal and financially stressed conditions, but there is no assurance that our Bank will be able to make new loans, meet ongoing funding commitments to borrowers and replace maturing deposits and advances as necessary under all possible circumstances. Our Bank’s ability to obtain funding could be impaired by factors beyond its control, such as disruptions in financial markets, negative expectations regarding the financial services industry generally or in our markets or negative perceptions of our Bank.
Our mortgage finance business has experienced, and will likely continue to experience, highly variable usage of our funding capacity resulting from seasonal demands for credit, surges in consumer demand driven by changes in interest rates and month-end “spikes” of residential mortgage closings. These spikes could also result in our Bank having capital ratios that are below internally targeted levels or even levels that could cause our Bank to not be well-capitalized and could affect liquidity levels. At the same time managing this risk by declining to respond fully to the needs of our customers could severely impact our business. We have responded to these variable funding demands by, among other things, increasing the extent of participations sold in our mortgage loan interests and by opening an expanded borrowing relationship with the Federal Home Loan Bank in the fourth quarter of 2014. Our mortgage finance customers have in recent periods provided significant low-cost deposit balances associated with the borrower escrow accounts created at the time certain mortgage loans are funded, which have benefitted our liquidity and net interest margin. In a rising rate environment or in response to competitive pressures, we may have to pay interest on some or all of these accounts as regulations allow. Individual escrow account balances also experience significant variability during the year as principal and interest payments, as well as ad valorem taxes and insurance premiums are paid periodically. While the short average holding period of our mortgage interests of approximately 20 days will allow us, if necessitated by a funding shortfall, to rapidly decrease the size of the portfolio and its associated funding requirements, any such action might significantly damage business relationships important to that business.
Our Bank sources a significant volume of its demand deposits from financial services companies, mortgage finance customers and other commercial sources, resulting in a larger percentage of larger deposits and a smaller number of sources of deposits than would be typical of other banks in our markets, creating concentrations of deposits that carry a greater risk of unexpected material withdrawals. In recent periods over half of our total deposits have been attributable to customers whose balances exceed the $250,000 FDIC insurance limit. Many of these customers actively monitor our financial condition and results of operations and could withdraw their deposits quickly upon the occurrence of a material adverse development affecting our Bank or their businesses. In response to this risk we have substantially increased our liquidity over the past two years, but there is no assurance that we will maintain or have access to sufficient liquidity to fully mitigate this risk.
One potential source of liquidity for our Bank consists of “brokered deposits” arranged by brokers acting as intermediaries, typically larger money-center financial institutions. We receive deposits provided by certain of our customers in connection with our delivery of other financial services to them or their customers which are subject to the regulatory classification of “brokered deposits” even though we consider these to be relationship deposits and they are not subject to the typical risks or market pricing associated with conventional brokered deposits.
If we do not maintain our regulatory capital above the level required to be well capitalized we would be required to obtain FDIC consent for us to continue to accept deposits classified as brokered deposits, and there can be no assurance that the FDIC would consent under any circumstances. We could be required to suspend or eliminate deposit gathering from any source classified as “brokered” deposits. The FDIC can change the definition of or extend the classification to deposits not currently classified as brokered deposits. These non-traditional deposits are subject to greater operational and reputational risk of unexpected withdrawal than traditional demand and time deposits, particularly those provided by consumers. A significant decrease in our balances of relationship brokered deposits could have a material adverse effect upon our financial condition and results of operations. See Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations below for further discussion of our liquidity.
We must effectively manage our interest rate risk. Our profitability is dependent to a large extent on our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income paid to us on our loans and investments and the interest we pay to third

14



parties such as our depositors, lenders and debtholders. Changes in interest rates can impact our profits and the fair values of certain of our assets and liabilities. Models that we use to forecast and planproviding sound governance for the impact of rising and falling interest rates may be incorrect or fail to consider the impact of competition and other conditions affecting our loans and deposits.
Company. The banking industry has experienced a prolonged period of unusually low interest rates, which have had an adverse effect on our earnings by reducing yields on loans and other earning assets. A continued low rate environment will place downward pressure on our net interest income and there is substantial uncertainty regarding the extent to which interest rates may be allowed to increase in 2016 and future periods and what the future effects of any such increases will be. Increases in market interest rates may reduce our customers' desire to borrow money from us or adversely affect their ability to repay their outstanding loans by increasing their debt service obligations through the periodic reset of adjustable interest rate loans. If our borrowers’ ability to pay their loans is impaired by increasing interest payment obligations, our level of non-performing assets would increase, producing an adverse effect on operating results. Asset values especially commercial real estate as collateral, securities or other fixed rate earning assets, can decline significantly with relatively minor changes in interest rates.
Increases in interest rates and economic conditions affecting consumer demand for housing can have a material impact on the volume of mortgage originations and refinancings, adversely affecting the profitability of our mortgage finance business. Interest rate risk can also result from mismatches between the dollar amounts of repricing or maturing assets and liabilities and from mismatches in the timing and rates at which our assets and liabilities reprice. We actively monitor and manage the balances of our maturing and repricing assets and liabilities to reduce the adverse impact of changes in interest rates, but there can be no assurance that we will be able to avoid material adverse effects on our net interest margin in all market conditions.
Federal prohibitions on the ability of financial institutions to pay interest on demand deposit accounts were repealed in 2011 by the Dodd-Frank Act. This change has had limited impact to date due to the excess of commercial liquidity and the low interest rate environment. Rising interest rates may result in our interest expense increasing, with a commensurate effect on our net interest income, particularly if we must pay interest on demand deposits to attract or retain customer deposits. There can be no assurance that we will not be materially adversely affected in the future by increases in interest rates.
We must effectively execute our business strategy in order to continue our asset and earnings growth. Our core strategy is to develop our business principally through organic growth. Our prospects for continued growth must be considered in light of the risks, expenses and difficulties frequently encountered by companies seeking to realize significant growth. In order to execute our growth strategy successfully, we must, among other things:
continue to identify and expand into suitable markets and lines of business, in Texas, regionally and nationally;
develop new products and services and execute our full range of products and services more efficiently and effectively;
attract and retain qualified bankers in each of our targeted markets to build our customer base;
respond to market opportunities promptly and nimbly while balancing the demands of risk management and compliance with regulatory requirements;
expand our loan portfolio in an intensely competitive environment while maintaining credit quality;
attract sufficient deposits and capital to fund our anticipated loan growth and satisfy regulatory requirements;
control expenses; and
acquire and maintain sufficient qualified staffing and information technology and operational infrastructure to support growth and compliance with increasing and changing regulatory requirements.
Failure to effectively execute our business strategy could have a material adverse effect on our business, future prospects, financial condition or results of operations.
We must be effective in developing and executing new lines of business and new products and services while managing associated risks. Our business strategy requires that we develop and grow new lines of business and offer new products and services within existing lines of business in order to compete successfully and realize our growth objectives for both loans and deposits to fund them. Substantial costs, risks and uncertainties are associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. Developing and marketing new activities requires that we invest significant time and resources before revenues and profits can be realized. Timetables for the development and launch of new activities may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, receipt of necessary licenses or permits, competitive alternatives and shifting market preferences, may also adversely impact the successful execution of new activities. New activities necessarily entail additional risks and may present additional risks to the effectiveness of our system of internal controls. All service offerings, including current offerings and new activities, may become more risky due to changes in economic, competitive and market conditions beyond our control. Our regulators could determine that our risk management practices are not adequate and take action to restrain our growth. Failure to successfully manage these risks, generally and to the satisfaction of our regulators, in the development and implementation of new lines of

15



business or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We must continue to attract, retain and develop key personnel. Our success depends to a significant extent upon our ability to attract, develop and retain experienced bankers in each of our markets as well as managers with the operational skills to build and maintain the infrastructure and controls required to support continuing loan and deposit growth. Competition for the best people in our industry can be intense, and there is no assurance that we will continue to have the same level of success in this effort that has supported our historical results. Factors that affect our ability to attract, develop and retain key employees include our compensation and benefits programs, our profitability, our ability to establish appropriate succession plans for key talent, our reputation for rewarding and promoting qualified employees and market competition for employees with certain skills, including information systems development and security. The cost of employee compensation is a significant portion of our operating expenses and can materially impact our results of operations. The unanticipated loss of the services of a small number of key personnel could have an adverse effect on our business. Although we have entered into employment agreements with certain key employees, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in retaining them.
We must effectively manage our information systems risk. We rely heavily on our communications and information systems to conduct our business. The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. Our ability to compete successfully depends in part upon our ability to use technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands. Many ofour competitors invest substantially greater resources in technological capabilities than we do. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers, which may negatively affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Our communications and information systems remain vulnerable to unexpected disruptions, failures and cyber attacks. The frequency and intensity of such attacks in our industry is escalating. Any failure or interruption of these systems could impair our ability to serve our customers and to operate our business and could damage our reputation, result in a loss of business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny or enforcement or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability. While we have developed extensive recovery plans, we cannot assure that those plans will be effective to prevent adverse effects upon us and our customers resulting from system failures.
We collect and store sensitive data, including personally identifiable information of our customers and employees. Computer break-ins of our systems or our customers’ systems, thefts of data and other breaches and criminal activity may result in significant costs to respond, liability for customer losses if we are at fault, damage to our customer relationships, regulatory scrutiny and enforcement and loss of future business opportunities due to reputational damage. Although we, with the help of third-party service providers, will continue to implement security technology and establish operational procedures to protect sensitive data, there can be no assurance that these measures will be effective. We advise and provide training to our customers regarding protection of their systems, but there is no assurance that our advice and training will be appropriately acted upon by our customers or effective to prevent losses. In some cases we may elect to contribute to the cost of responding to cybercrime against our customers, even when we are not at fault, in order to maintain valuable customer relationships. Successful cyber-attacks on our Bank or customers may affect the reputation of our Bank, and failure to meet customer expectations could have a material impact on our ability to attract and retain deposits as a primary source of funding.
Our operations rely extensively on a broad range of external vendors. We rely on certain external vendors to provide products and services necessary to maintain our day-to-day operations, particularly in the areas of operations, treasury management systems, information technology and security, exposing us to the risk that these vendors will not perform as required by our agreements. An external vendor’s failure to perform in accordance with our agreement could be disruptive to our operations, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as cause reputation damage if our customers are affected by the failure. External vendors who must have access to our information systems in order to provide their services have been identified as significant sources of information technology security risk. While we have implemented an active program of oversight to address this risk, there can be no assurance that we will not experience material security breaches associated with our vendors.
We are subject to extensive government regulation and supervision. We, as a bank holding company and financial holding company, and our Bank as a national bank, are subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision that impacts our business on a daily basis. See the discussion above at Business - Regulation and Supervision. These regulations affect our lending practices, permissible products and services and their terms and conditions, customer relationships, capital structure, investment practices, accounting, financial reporting, operations and our ability to grow, among other things. These regulations also impose obligations to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identities of our customers.
Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations or policies, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways. Recent material changes in regulation and

16



requirements imposed on financial institutions, such as the Dodd-Frank Act and the Basel III Accord, result in additional costs, impose more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements, limit the types of financial services and products we may offer and increase the ability of non-bank financial services providers to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. Such changes could result in new regulatory obligations which could prove difficult, expensive or competitively impractical to comply with if not equally imposed upon non-bank financial services providers with whom we compete. The Dodd-Frank Act has not yet been fully implemented and there are many additional regulations that have not been proposed, or if proposed, have not been adopted. The full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business strategies is unknown at this time and cannot be predicted.
We receive inquiries from our regulators from time to time regarding, among other things, lending practices, reserve methodology, compliance with ever-changing regulations and interpretations, our management of interest rate, liquidity, capital and operational risk , regulatory and financial accounting practices and policies and related matters, which can divert management’s time and attention from focusing on our business. We became subject to additional regulatory requirements commencing in 2013 as a result of our assets exceeding $10 billion as described above at Business - Regulation and Supervision. We have significantly increased the amount of management time and expense devoted to developing the infrastructure to support our expanding compliance obligations which can pose significant regulatory enforcement, financial and reputational risks if not appropriately addressed.
We are actively engaged in responding to stress testing requirements contained in the Dodd-Frank Act to evaluate the adequacy of our capital and liquidity planning. Uncertainties regarding how the financial models of our business created pursuant to this requirement will respond to the regulatory scenarios issued annually, and how our regulators will evaluate our report of the results obtained, subject us to increased regulatory risk in 2016 and future years as the standards for DFAST and regulatory use of our reported data continue to evolve. Any change to our practices or policies requested or required by our regulators, or any changes in interpretation of regulatory policy applicable to our businesses, may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. We increased our capital and liquidity and expanded our regulatory compliance staffing and systems during 2014 and 2015 in order to assure that we continue to satisfy regulatory expectations for high-growth institutions, which reduced our net interest margin and earnings in 2014 and 2015.  There is no assurance that our financial performance in future years will not be similarly burdened.
We expend substantial effort and incur costs to continually improve our systems, controls, accounting, operations, information security, compliance, audit effectiveness, analytical capabilities, staffing and training in order to satisfy regulatory requirements. We cannot offer assurance that these efforts will be accepted by our regulators as satisfying the legal and regulatory requirements applicable to us. Failure to comply with relevant laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputation damage, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent any such violations, there can be no assurance that such violations will not occur.
The FDIC has imposed higher general and special assessments on deposits or assets based on general industry conditions and as a result of changes in specific programs, as well as qualitative adjustments for individual institutions based on their risk characteristics which cannot be predicted with any certainty. There is no restriction on the amount by which the FDIC may increase deposit and asset assessments in the future. Increases in FDIC assessments, fees and taxes have adversely affected our earnings and may continue to do so in the future.
Reports from the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board’s (“PCAOB”) inspections of public accounting firms continue to outline findings and recommendations which could require our auditors to perform additional work as part of their financial statement audits, increasing our external audit and internal audit costs to respond to these added requirements as well as subjecting to the risk of adverse findings by the PCAOB relating to the work performed. As a result, we have experienced, and may continue to experience, greater internal and external compliance and audit costs to comply with these changes that could adversely affect our results of operations.
Our business faces unpredictable economic and business conditions. Our business is directly impacted by general economic and business conditions in Texas, the United States and abroad. The credit quality of our loan portfolio necessarily reflects, among other things, the general economic conditions in the areas in which we conduct our business. Our continued financial success can be affected by other factors that are beyond our control, including:
national, regional and local economic conditions;
the value of the U.S. Dollar in relation to the currencies of other advanced and emerging market countries;
the performance of both domestic and international equity and debt markets and valuation of securities represented and traded on recognized domestic and international exchanges;
fluctuations in the value of commodities including but not limited to petroleum and natural gas;
general economic consequences of international conditions, such as weakness in European sovereign debt and foreign currencies and the impact of that weakness on the US and global economies;

17



legislative and regulatory changes impacting our industry;
the financial health of our customers and economic conditions affecting them and the value of our collateral, including effects from continued low prices of energy and other commodities;
the incidence of fraud, illegal payments, security breaches and other illegal acts among or impacting our Bank and our customers;
structural changes in the markets for origination, sale and servicing of residential mortgages;
changes in governmental economic and regulatory policies generally, including the extent and timing of intervention in credit markets by the Federal Reserve Board or withdrawal from that intervention;
changes in the availability of liquidity at a systemic level; and
material inflation or deflation.
Substantial deterioration in any of the foregoing conditions can have a material adverse effect on our prospects and our results of operations and financial condition. There is no assurance that we will be able to sustain our historical rate of growth or our profitability. Our Bank's customer base is primarily commercial in nature, and our Bank does not have a significant retail branch network or retail consumer deposit base. In periods of economic downturn, business and commercial deposits may be more volatile than traditional retail consumer deposits. As a result, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected to a greater degree by these uncertainties than our competitors who have a larger retail customer base.
We compete with many banks and other financial service providers. Competition among providers of financial services in our markets, in Texas, regionally and nationally, is intense. We compete with other financial and bank holding companies, state and national commercial banks, savings and loan associations, consumer finance companies, credit unions, securities brokerages, insurance companies, mortgage banking companies, money market mutual funds, asset-based non-bank lenders, government sponsored or subsidized lenders and other financial services providers. Many of these competitors have substantially greater financial resources, lending limits and technological resources and larger branch networks than we do, and are able to offer a broader range of products and services than we can, including systems and services that could protect customers from cyber threats. Many competitors offer lower interest rates and more liberal loan terms that appeal to borrowers but adversely affect net interest margin and assurance of repayment. We are increasingly faced with competition in many of our products and services by non-bank providers who may have competitive advantages of size, access to potential customers and fewer regulatory requirements. Failure to compete effectively for deposit, loan and other banking customers in our markets could cause us to lose market share, slow or reverse our growth rate or suffer adverse effects on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our recent entry into the MCA business subjects us to additional risks. Volatility in the mortgage industry has caused uncertainty related to the pricing of the mortgage loans that we seek to purchase, as well as uncertainty in the pricing of those loans when they are sold or securitized. This volatility may cause the actual returns on mortgage sales or securitization transactions to be less than anticipated, which could adversely affect our overall loan volumes. Additionally, non-bank competitors may have a pricing advantage as they are not subject to the same capital limitations on mortgage loans and mortgage servicing rights ("MSRs") as our Bank.
Our MCA business subjects us to additional interest rate risk, which may be an adverse effect on our business. The persistent low interest rate environment and expectation of future higher rates has resulted in an increase in the value of MSRs, causing other market participants and competitors who are planning to hold MSRs for a longer term to be more aggressive in their pricing of the underlying loan purchases than a participant like our Bank that does not plan to hold MSRs on a long-term basis. While we believe market and competitive conditions will improve, a prolonged low interest rate environment could affect the economics of our MCA business over a longer period of time. While lower interest rates may positively affect the volume of mortgage activity, continued unfavorable pricing for the loans purchased and lower profit on the subsequent sale of the loans could persist.
We have entered into loan purchase commitments and forward sales commitments in connection with the MCA business. While we believe that our hedging strategies will be successful in mitigating our exposure to interest rate risk associated with the purchase of mortgage loans held for sale, no hedging strategy can completely protect us. Poorly designed strategies, improperly executed transactions, or inaccurate assumptions regarding future interest rates or market conditions could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
We may be required to repurchase mortgage loans or reimburse investors as a result of breaches in contractual representations and warranties under the agreements pursuant to which we purchase mortgage loans that are held for sale. While our agreements with the originators and sellers of mortgage loans provide us with legal recourse against them that may allow us to recover some or all of our losses, these companies are frequently not financially capable of paying large amounts of damages and as a result we can offer no assurance that we will not bear all of the risk of loss.

18



We may incur other costs and losses as a result of actual or alleged violations of regulations related to the origination and purchase of residential mortgage loans. The origination of residential mortgage loans is governed by a variety of federal and state laws and regulations, which are frequently changing. We sell residential mortgage loans that we have purchased or that we have originated to various parties, including GSEs such as Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae and other financial institutions that purchase mortgage loans for investment or private label securitization. We may also pool FHA-insured and VA-guaranteed mortgage loans which back securities issued by Ginnie Mae. Our accrued mortgage repurchase liability represents management’s best estimate of the probable loss that we may expect to incur for the representations and warranties in the contractual provisions of our sales of mortgage loans, but there is no assurance that our losses will not materially exceed such amounts.
Our accounting estimates and risk management processes rely on management judgment, which may be supported by analytical and forecasting models. The processes we use to estimate probable credit losses for purposes of establishing the allowance for loan losses and to measure the fair value of financial instruments, certain of our liquidity and capital planning tools, as well as the processes we use to estimate the effects of changing interest rates and other market measures on our financial condition and results of operations, all depend upon management’s judgment. Management’s judgment and the data relied upon by management may be based on assumptions that prove to be inaccurate, particularly in times of market stress or other unforeseen circumstances. As a bank with total assets exceeding $10 billion we have become subject to the stress testing requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act and our forecasting and modeling requirements have increased and become more complex. Even if the relevant factual assumptions determined by management are accurate, our decisions may prove to be inadequate or inaccurate because of other flaws in the design or use of analytical tools by management. Any such failures in our processes for producing accounting estimates and managing risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our controls and procedures may fail or be circumvented. Management regularly reviews and updates our internal controls over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We must effectively manage our counterparty risk. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty and other relationships. Our Bank has exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely executes transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks, and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose our Bank to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, our Bank’s credit risk may be increased when the collateral it is entitled to cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of its credit or derivative exposure. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our business is susceptible to fraud. Our business exposes us to fraud risk from our loan and deposit customers, the parties they do business with, as well as from our employees, contractors and vendors. We rely on financial and other data from new and existing customers which could turn out to be fraudulent when accepting such customers, executing their financial transactions and making and purchasing loans and other financial assets. In times of increased economic stress we are at increased risk of fraud losses. We believe we have underwriting and operational controls in place to prevent or detect such fraud, but we cannot provide assurance that these controls will be effective in detecting fraud or that we will not experience fraud losses or incur costs or other damage related to such fraud, at levels that adversely affect our financial results or reputation. Our lending customers may also experience fraud in their businesses which could adversely affect their ability to repay their loans or make use of our services. Our exposure and the exposure of our customers to fraud may increase our financial risk and reputation risk as it may result in unexpected loan losses that exceed those that have been provided for in our allowance for loan losses.
We must maintain adequate regulatory capital to support our business objectives. Under regulatory capital adequacy guidelines and other regulatory requirements, we must satisfy capital requirements based upon quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items. Our satisfaction of these requirements is subject to qualitative judgments by regulators that may differ materially from management’s and that are subject to being determined retroactively for prior periods. Our ability to maintain our status as a financial holding company and to continue to operate our Bank as we have in recent periods is dependent upon a number of factors, including our Bank qualifying as “well capitalized” and “well managed” under applicable prompt corrective action regulations and upon our company qualifying on an ongoing basis as “well capitalized” and “well managed” under applicable Federal Reserve regulations.
Failure to meet regulatory capital standards could have a material adverse effect on our business, including damaging the confidence of customers in us, adversely impacting our reputation and competitive position and retention of key people. Any of these developments could limit our access to:

19



Brokered deposits;
The Federal Reserve discount window;
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank;
Capital markets transactions; and
Development of new financial services.
Failure to meet regulatory capital standards may also result in higher FDIC assessments. If we fall below guidelines for being deemed “adequately capitalized” the OCC or Federal Reserve could impose restrictions on our activities and a broad range of regulatory requirements in order to effect “prompt corrective action.” The capital requirements applicable to us are in a process of continuous evaluation and revision in connection with Basel III and the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act. We cannot predict the final form, or the effects, of these regulations on our business, but among the possible effects are requirements that we slow our rate of growth or obtain additional capital which could reduce our earnings or dilute our existing stockholders.
We are dependent on funds obtained from capital transactions or from our Bank to fund our obligations. We are a financial holding company engaged in the business of managing, controlling and operating our Bank. We conduct no material business or other activity at the parent company level other than activities incidental to holding equity and debt investments in our Bank. As a result, we rely on the proceeds of capital transactions, payments of interest and principal on loans made to our Bank and dividends on preferred stock issued by our Bank to pay our operating expenses, to satisfy our obligations to debtholders and to pay dividends on our preferred stock. Our Bank’s ability to pay dividends may be limited. The profitability of our Bank is subject to fluctuation based upon, among other things, the cost and availability of funds, changes in interest rates and economic conditions in general. Our Bank’s ability to pay dividends to us is subject to regulatory limitations that can, under certain adverse circumstances, prohibit the payment of dividends to us. Our right to participate in any distribution from the sale or liquidation of our Bank is subject to the prior claims of our Bank’s creditors.
If we are unable to access funds from capital transactions, or dividends or interest on loan payments from our Bank, we may be unable to satisfy our obligations to creditors or debtholders or pay dividends on our preferred stock. Changes in our Bank’s operating results or capital requirements could require us to convert subordinated notes or preferred stock of our bank held by us into common equity, reducing our cash flow available to meet our obligations.
We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities. A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. There is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties, and that we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the affected property's value by limiting our ability to use or sell it. Although we have policies and procedures requiring environmental review before initiating any foreclosure action on real property, these reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Future laws or regulations or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws and regulations may increase our exposure to environmental liability.
Severe weather, earthquakes, other natural disasters, pandemics, acts of war or terrorism and other external events could significantly impact our business. Severe weather, earthquakes, other natural disasters, pandemics, acts of war or terrorism and other adverse external events could have a significant impact on our ability to conduct business. Such events could affect the stability of our deposit base, impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of revenue and/or cause us to incur additional expenses. Hurricanes have caused extensive flooding and destruction along the coastal areas of Texas, including communities where we conduct business. Although management has established disaster recovery policies and procedures, the occurrence of any such events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to claims and litigation in the ordinary course of our business, including claims that may not be covered by our insurers. Customers and other parties we engage with assert claims and take legal action against us on a regular basis and we regularly take legal action to collect unpaid borrower obligations, realize on collateral and assert our rights in commercial and other contexts. These actions frequently result in counter-claims against us. Litigation arises in a variety of contexts, including lending activities, employment practices, commercial agreements, fiduciary responsibility related to our wealth management services, intellectual property rights and other general business matters.
Claims and legal actions may result in significant legal costs to defend us or assert our rights and reputational damage that adversely affects existing and future customer relationships. If claims and legal actions are not resolved in a manner favorable to us we may suffer significant financial liability or adverse effects upon our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. See Legal Proceedings below for additional disclosures regarding legal proceedings.

20



We purchase insurance coverage to mitigate a wide range of operating risks, including general liability, errors and omissions, professional liability, business interruption, cyber-crime and property loss, for events that may be materially detrimental to our Bank or customers. There is no assurance that our insurance will be adequate to protect us against material losses in excess of our coverage limits or that insurers will perform their obligations under our policies without attempting to limit or exclude coverage. We could be required to pursue legal actions against insurers to obtain payment of amounts we are owed, and there is no assurance that such actions, if pursued, would be successful.
Risks Relating to Our Securities
Our stock price can be volatile. Stock price volatility may make it more difficult for you to resell your common stock when you want and at prices you find attractive. Our stock price can fluctuate significantly in response to a variety of factors including, among other things:
actual or anticipated variations in quarterly and annual results of operations;
changes in recommendations by securities analysts;
changes in composition and perceptions of the investors who own our stock and other securities;
changes in ratings from national rating agencies on publicly or privately owned debt securities;
operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to us;
news reports relating to trends, concerns and other issues in the financial services industry, including regulatory actions against other financial institutions;
actual or expected economic conditions that are perceived to affect our company such as changes in commodity prices, real estate values or interest rates;
perceptions in the marketplace regarding us and/or our competitors;
new technology used, or services offered, by competitors;
significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by or involving us or our competitors;
changes in government regulations and interpretation of those regulations, changes in our practices requested or required by regulators and changes in regulatory enforcement focus; and
geopolitical conditions such as acts or threats of terrorism or military conflicts.
General market fluctuations, industry factors and general economic and political conditions and events, such as economic slowdowns or recessions, interest rate changes or credit loss trends, could also cause our stock price to decrease regardless of operating results as evidenced by the recent volatility and disruption of capital and credit markets.
The trading volume in our common stock is less than that of other larger financial services companies. Although our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the trading volume in our common stock is less than that of other larger financial services companies. Given the lower trading volume of our common stock, significant sales of our common stock, or the expectation of these sales, could cause our stock price to fall. In addition, a substantial majority of common stock outstanding is held by institutional shareholders, and trading activity involving large positions may increase volatility of the stock price. Concentration of ownership by institutional investors and inability to execute trades covering large numbers of shares can increase volatility of stock price. Changes in general economic outlook or perspectives on our business or prospects by our institutional investors, whether factual or speculative, can have a major impact on our stock price.
Our preferred stock is thinly traded. There is only a limited trading volume in our preferred stock due to the small size of the issue and its largely institutional holder base. Significant sales of our preferred stock, or the expectation of these sales, could cause the price of the preferred stock to fall substantially.
An investment in our securities is not an insured deposit. Our common stock, preferred stock and indebtedness are not bank deposits and, therefore, are not insured against loss by the FDIC, any other deposit insurance fund or by any other public or private entity. Investment in our common stock is inherently risky for the reasons described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this report and is subject to the same market forces that affect the price of securities of any company. As a result, if you acquire our common stock, preferred stock or indebtedness, you may lose some or all of your investment.
The holders of our indebtedness and preferred stock have rights that are senior to those of our common stockholders. As of December 31, 2015, we had $111.0 million in subordinated notes held by our holding company and $113.4 million in junior subordinated notes outstanding that are held by statutory trusts which issued trust preferred securities to investors. At December 31, 2015 our Bank had $175.0 million in subordinated notes outstanding. Payments of the principal and interest on our trust preferred securities are conditionally guaranteed by us to the extent not paid by each trust, provided the trust has funds available for such obligations.

21



Our subordinated notes and junior subordinated notes are senior to our shares of preferred stock and common stock in right of payment of dividends and other distributions. We must be current on interest and principal payments on our indebtedness before any dividends can be paid on our preferred stock or our common stock. In the event of our bankruptcy, dissolution or liquidation, the holders of our indebtedness must be satisfied before any distributions can be made to our preferred or common stockholders. If certain conditions are met, we have the right to defer interest payments on the junior subordinated debentures (and the related trust preferred securities) at any time or from time to time for a period not to exceed 20 consecutive quarters in a deferral period, during which time no dividends may be paid to holders of our preferred stock or common stock. Because our Bank’s subordinated notes are obligations of the Bank, they would in any sale or liquidation of our Bank receive payment before any amounts would be payable to holders of our common stock, preferred stock or subordinated notes.
At December 31, 2015, we had issued and outstanding 6 million shares of our 6.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series, A, having an aggregate liquidation preference of $150.0 million. Our preferred stock is senior to our shares of common stock in right of payment of dividends and other distributions. We must be current on dividends payable to holders of preferred stock before any dividends can be paid on our common stock. In the event of our bankruptcy, dissolution or liquidation, the holders of our preferred stock must be satisfied before any distributions can be made to our common stockholders.
We do not currently pay dividends on our common stock. We have not paid dividends on our common stock and we do not expect to do so for the foreseeable future. Our ability to pay dividends is limited by regulatory restrictions and the need to maintain sufficient consolidated capital. The ability of our Bank to pay dividends to us is limited by its obligation to maintain sufficient capital and by other regulatory restrictions as discussed above at We are dependent on funds obtained from capital transactions or from our Bank to fund our obligations.
Restrictions on Ownership. The ability of a third party to acquire us is limited under applicable U.S. banking laws and regulations. The BHCA requires any bank holding company (as defined therein) to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve prior to acquiring, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of our outstanding Common Stock. Any “company” (as defined in the BHCA) other than a bank holding company would be required to obtain Federal Reserve approval before acquiring “control” of us. “Control” generally means (i) the ownership or control of 25% or more of a class of voting securities, (ii) the ability to elect a majority of the directors or (iii) the ability otherwise to exercise a controlling influence over management and policies. A holder of 25% or more of our outstanding Common Stock, other than an individual, is subject to regulation and supervision as a bank holding company under the BHCA. In addition, under the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978, as amended, and the Federal Reserve’s regulations thereunder, any person, either individually or acting through or in concert with one or more persons, is required to provide notice to the Federal Reserve prior to acquiring, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of our outstanding common stock.
Anti-takeover provisions of our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law may make it more difficult for you to receive a change in control premium. Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could make a merger, tender offer or proxy contest more difficult, even if such events were perceived by many of our stockholders as beneficial to their interests. These provisions include advance notice for nominationsboard of directors has adopted Corporate Governance Guidelines (the "Guidelines") and stockholders' proposals, and authority to issue “blank check” preferred stock with such designations, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by our board of directors. In addition, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject to Section 203charters for each committee of the Delaware General Corporation Law which, in general, prevents an interested stockholder, defined generally as a person owning 15% or more of a corporation's outstanding voting stock, from engaging in a business combination with our company for three years following the date that person became an interested stockholder unless certain specified conditions are satisfied.
Limitations on payment of subordinated notes. Under the FDIA, “critically undercapitalized” banks may not, beginning 60 days after becoming critically undercapitalized, make any payment of principal or interest on their subordinated debt (subject to certain limited exceptions). In addition, under Section 18(i) of the FDIA, our Bank is required to obtain the advance consent of the FDIC to retire any part of its subordinated notes. Under the FDIA, a bank may not pay interest on its subordinated notes if such interest is required to be paid only out of net profits, or distribute any of its capital assets, while it remains in default on any assessment due to the FDIC.
Our Bank’s subordinated indebtedness is unsecured and subordinate and junior in right of payment to the Bank’s obligations to its depositors, its obligations under banker’s acceptances and letters of credit, its obligations to any Federal Reserve Bank, certain obligations to the FDIC, and its obligations to its other creditors, whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred, except any obligations which expressly rank on a parity with or junior to the notes, including subordinated notes payable to the Company.
ITEM 1B.UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

22





23



ITEM 2.PROPERTIES
As of December 31, 2015, we conducted business at twelve full service banking locations and one operations center. Our operations center houses our loan and deposit operations and the customer service call center. We lease the space in which our banking centers and the operations call center are located. These leases expire between July 2016 and February 2025, not including any renewal options that may be available.
The following table sets forth the location of our executive offices, operations center and each of our banking centers.
Type of LocationAddress
Executive offices, banking location2000 McKinney Avenue
Banking Center — Suite 190
Executive Offices — Suite 700
Dallas, Texas 75201
Operations center, banking location
2350 Lakeside Drive
Banking Center — Suite 105
Operations Center — Suite 800
Richardson, Texas 75082
Banking location14131 Midway Road
Suite 100
Addison, Texas 75001
Banking location5910 North Central Expressway
Suite 150
Dallas, Texas 75206
Banking location5800 Granite Parkway
Suite 150
Plano, Texas 75024
Executive offices, banking location300 Throckmorton
Banking center — Suite 100
Executive offices — Suite 200
Fort Worth, Texas 76102
Executive offices, banking location
98 San Jacinto Boulevard
Banking center — Suite 150
Executive offices — Suite 200
Austin, Texas 78701
Banking locationWestlake Hills
3818 Bee Caves Road
Austin, Texas 78746
Executive offices, banking location745 East Mulberry Street
Banking center — Suite 150
Executive offices — Suite 350
San Antonio, Texas 78212
Banking location7373 Broadway
Suite 100
San Antonio, Texas 78209
Executive offices, banking locationOne Riverway
Banking center — Suite 150
Executive offices — Suite 2100
Houston, Texas 77056
Banking locationWestway II
4424 West Sam Houston Parkway N.
Suite 170
Houston, TX 77041
Executive officesKempwood
2930 West Sam Houston Parkway North
Executive offices — Suite 300
Houston, Texas 77056

24



ITEM 3.LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The Company is subject to various claims and legal actions that may arise in the course of conducting its business. Management does not expect the disposition of any of these matters to have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial statements or results of operations.
ITEM 4.MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
ITEM 5.MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Our common stock is traded on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “TCBI”. On February 16, 2016, there were approximately 208 holders of record of our common stock.
No cash dividends have ever been paid by us on our common stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Our principal source of funds to pay cash dividends on our common stock would be cash dividends from our Bank. The payment of dividends by our Bank is subject to certain restrictions imposed by federal banking laws, regulations and authorities.
The following table presents the range of high and low bid prices reported on The Nasdaq Global Select Market for each of the four quarters of 2014 and 2015.
 Price Per Share
Quarter EndedHigh Low
March 31, 2014$67.08
 $56.45
June 30, 201466.62
 50.76
September 30, 201460.74
 49.90
December 31, 201462.07
 51.58
    
March 31, 201554.81
 40.40
June 30, 201563.70
 47.55
September 30, 201563.25
 48.01
December 31, 201561.83
 46.25


25



Stock Performance Graph
The following table and graph sets forth the cumulative total stockholder return for the Company’s common stock for the five-year period ending on December 31, 2015, compared to an overall stock market index (Russell 2000 Index) and the Company’s peer group index (Nasdaq Bank Index). The Russell 2000 Index and Nasdaq Bank Index are based on total returns assuming reinvestment of dividends. The graph assumes an investment of $100 on December 31, 2010. The performance graph represents past performance and should not be considered to be an indication of future performance.
 12/31/2010 12/31/2011 12/31/2012 12/31/2013 12/31/2014 12/31/2015
Texas Capital           
Bancshares, Inc.$100.00
 $143.44
 $210.03
 $291.47
 $254.59
 $231.58
Russell 2000           
Index (RTY)100.00
 94.84
 108.76
 148.62
 154.03
 145.49
Nasdaq Bank           
Index (CBNK)100.00
 87.87
 101.94
 140.62
 144.88
 154.61


Source: Bloomberg

26



ITEM 6.SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
You should read the selected financial data presented below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
 At or For the Year Ended December 31,
  2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
 (In thousands, except per share, average share and percentage data)
Consolidated Operating Data(1)         
Interest income$602,958
 $514,547
 $444,625
 $398,457
 $321,600
Interest expense46,428
 37,582
 25,112
 21,578
 18,663
Net interest income556,530
 476,965
 419,513
 376,879
 302,937
Provision for credit losses53,250
 22,000
 19,000
 11,500
 28,500
Net interest income after provision for credit losses503,280
 454,965
 400,513
 365,379
 274,437
Non-interest income47,738
 42,511
 44,024
 43,040
 32,232
Non-interest expense326,523
 285,114
 256,729
 219,881
 188,327
Income before income taxes224,495
 212,362
 187,808
 188,538
 118,342
Income tax expense79,641
 76,010
 66,757
 67,866
 42,366
Net income144,854
 136,352
 121,051
 120,672
 75,976
Preferred stock dividends9,750
 9,750
 7,394
 
 
Net income available to common stockholders$135,104
 $126,602
 $113,657
 $120,672
 $75,976
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data(1)         
Total assets$18,909,139
 $15,905,713
 $11,720,064
 $10,540,844
 $8,137,618
Loans held for sale86,075
 
 
 
 
Loans held for investment11,745,674
 10,154,887
 8,486,603
 6,785,837
 5,572,764
Loans held for investment, mortgage finance loans4,966,276
 4,102,125
 2,784,265
 3,175,272
 2,080,081
Liquidity assets2,708,352
 444,673
 144,050
 72,689
 129,631
Securities available-for-sale29,992
 41,719
 63,214
 100,195
 143,710
Demand deposits6,386,911
 5,011,619
 3,347,567
 2,535,375
 1,751,944
Total deposits15,084,619
 12,673,300
 9,257,379
 7,440,804
 5,556,257
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements143,051
 92,676
 170,604
 297,115
 436,050
Other borrowings1,500,000
 1,100,005
 855,026
 1,650,046
 1,332,066
Subordinated notes286,000
 286,000
 111,000
 111,000
 
Trust preferred subordinated debentures113,406
 113,406
 113,406
 113,406
 113,406
Stockholders’ equity1,623,533
 1,484,190
 1,096,350
 836,242
 616,331







27



 At or For the Year Ended December 31,
  2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
 (In thousands, except per share, average share and percentage data)
Other Financial Data         
Income per share         
Basic$2.95
 $2.93
 $2.78
 $3.09
 $2.03
Diluted2.91
 2.88
 2.72
 3.00
 1.98
Tangible book value per share31.69
 28.72
 22.54
 20.04
 15.82
Book value per share32.12
 29.17
 23.06
 20.53
 16.36
Weighted average shares         
Basic45,808,440
 43,236,344
 40,864,225
 39,046,340
 37,334,743
Diluted46,437,872
 44,003,256
 41,779,881
 40,165,847
 38,333,077
Selected Financial Ratios         
Performance Ratios         
Net interest margin3.14% 3.78% 4.22% 4.41% 4.68%
Return on average assets0.79% 1.05% 1.17% 1.35% 1.12%
Return on average equity9.65% 11.31% 12.82% 16.93% 13.39%
Efficiency ratio54.04% 54.88% 55.39% 52.35% 56.15%
Non-interest expense to average earning assets1.84% 2.26% 2.58% 2.57% 2.90%
Asset Quality Ratios         
Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average LHI0.07% 0.05% 0.05% 0.07% 0.47%
Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average LHI excluding mortgage finance loans0.10% 0.07% 0.07% 0.10% 0.58%
Allowance for loan losses to LHI0.84% 0.71% 0.78% 0.75% 0.92%
Allowance for loan losses to LHI excluding mortgage finance loans1.20% 0.99% 1.03% 1.10% 1.26%
Allowance for loan losses to non-accrual loans.8x
 2.3x
 2.7x
 1.3x
 1.3x
Non-accrual loans to LHI1.08% 0.30% 0.29% 0.56% 0.71%
Non-accrual loans to LHI excluding mortgage finance loans1.53% 0.43% 0.38% 0.82% 0.98%
Total NPAs to LHI plus OREO1.08% 0.31% 0.33% 0.72% 1.17%
Total NPAs to LHI excluding mortgage finance loans plus OREO1.53% 0.43% 0.44% 1.06% 1.61%
Capital and Liquidity Ratios(2)         
CET17.47% 7.89% N/A
 N/A
 N/A
Total capital ratio11.05% 11.83% 10.73% 9.97% 9.25%
Tier 1 capital ratio8.81% 9.46% 9.15% 8.27% 8.38%
Tier 1 leverage ratio8.92% 10.76% 10.87% 9.41% 8.78%
Average equity/average assets8.51% 9.75% 9.68% 7.95% 8.33%
Tangible common equity/total tangible assets7.69% 8.26% 7.87% 7.73% 7.29%
Average net loans/average deposits101.71% 111.57% 116.25% 129.97% 115.68%

(1)The consolidated operating data and consolidated balance sheet data presented above for the five most recent fiscal years have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period.
(2)The Basel III Capital Rules specifying the CET1 ratio became effective on January 1, 2015.

28



ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Forward-Looking Statements
Certain statements and financial analysis contained in this report that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of federal securities laws. Forward-looking statements may also be contained in our future filings with SEC, in press releases and in oral and written statements made by us or with our approval that are not statements of historical fact. These forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations of our future performance taking into account all information currently available to us. Words such as “believes,” “expects,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “goals,” “objectives,” “expects,” “intends,” “seeks,” “likely,” “targeted,” “continue,” “remain,” “will,” “should,” “may” and other similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements.
Forward-looking statements may include, among other things, statements about the credit quality of our loan portfolio, economic conditions, including the continued impact on our customers from declines and volatility in oil and gas prices, expectations regarding rates of default or loan losses, volatility in the mortgage industry, our business strategies and our expectations about future financial performance, future growth and earnings, the appropriateness of our allowance for loan losses and provision for loan losses, the impact of increased regulatory requirements on our business, increased competition, interest rate risk, new lines of business, new product or service offerings and new technologies.
Forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties, which change over time, are based on management’s expectations and assumptions at the time the statements are made and are not guarantees of future results. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the following:
Deterioration of the credit quality of our loan portfolio or declines in the value of collateral related to external factors such as commodity prices or interest rates, increased default rates and loan losses or adverse changes in the industry concentrations of our loan portfolio.
Changes in the U.S. economy in general or the Texas economy specifically resulting in deterioration of credit quality or reduced demand for credit or other financial services we offer, including declines and volatility in oil and gas prices.
Changing economic conditions or other developments adversely affecting our commercial, entrepreneurial and professional customers.
Changes in the value of commercial and residential real estate securing our loans or in the demand for credit to support the purchase and ownership of such assets.
The failure to correctly assess and model the assumptions supporting our allowance for loan losses, causing it to become inadequate in the event of decreases in loan quality and increases in charge-offs.
Adverse changes in economic or market conditions, or our operating performance, which could cause access to capital market transactions and other sources of funding to become more difficult to obtain on terms and conditions that are acceptable to us.
The inadequacy of our available funds to meet our deposit, debt and other obligations as they become due, or our failure to maintain our capital ratios as a result of adverse changes in our operating performance or financial condition.
The failure to effectively balance our funding sources with cash demands by depositors and borrowers.
The failure to effectively manage our interest rate risk resulting from unexpectedly large or sudden changes in interest rates or rate or maturity imbalances in our assets and liabilities.
The failure to successfully expand into new markets, develop and launch new lines of business or new products and services within the expected timeframes and budgets or to successfully manage the risks related to the development and implementation of these new businesses, products or services.
The failure to attract and retain key personnel or the loss of key individuals or groups of employees.
The failure to manage our information systems risk or to prevent cyber attacks against us or our third party vendors.
Legislative and regulatory changes imposing further restrictions and costs on our business, a failure to remain well capitalized or well managed or regulatory enforcement actions against us.
Adverse changes in economic or business conditions that impact the financial markets or our customers.
Increased or more effective competition from banks and other financial service providers in our markets.
Uncertainty in the pricing of mortgage loans that we purchase, and later sell or securitize, as well as competition for the MSRs related to these loans and related interest rate risk resulting from retaining MSRs.

29



Material failures of our accounting estimates and risk management processes based on management judgment, or the supporting analytical and forecasting models.
Failure of our risk management strategies and procedures, including failure or circumvention of our controls.
An increase in the incidence or severity of fraud, illegal payments, security breaches and other illegal acts impacting our Bank and our customers.
Structural changes in the markets for origination, sale and servicing of residential mortgages.
Unavailability of funds obtained from capital transactions or from our Bank to fund our obligations.
Failures of counterparties or third party vendors to perform their obligations.
Environmental liability associated with properties related to our lending activities.
Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism and other external events.
Incurrence of material costs and liabilities associated with legal and regulatory proceedings and related matters with respect to the financial services industry, including those directly involving us or our Bank.
Actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed in our forward-looking statements and from our historical financial results due to the factors discussed elsewhere in this report or disclosed in our other SEC filings. Forward-looking statements included herein speak only as of the date hereof and should not be relied upon as representing our expectations or beliefs as of any date subsequent to the date of this report. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to revise any forward-looking statements contained in this report, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. The factors discussed herein are not intended to be a complete summary of all risks and uncertainties that may affect our businesses. Though we strive to monitor and mitigate risk, we cannot anticipate all potential economic, operational and financial developments that may adversely impact our operations and our financial results. Forward-looking statements should not be viewed as predictions and should not be the primary basis upon which investors evaluate an investment in our securities.
Overview of Our Business Operations
We commenced our banking operations in December 1998. An important aspect of our growth strategy has been our ability to service and manage effectively a large number of loans and deposit accounts in multiple markets in Texas, as well as several lines of business serving a regional or national clientele of commercial borrowers. Accordingly, we have created an operations infrastructure sufficient to support our lending and banking operations that we continue to build out as needed to serve a larger customer base and specialized industries.
In the third quarter of 2015, we launched a correspondent lending program, MCA, to complement our warehouse lending program. Through our MCA program we commit to purchase residential mortgage loans from independent correspondent lenders and deliver those loans into the secondary market via whole loan sales to independent third parties or in securitization transactions to GSEs such as Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae. We retain the MSRs in some cases with the expectation that they will be sold from time to time. Once purchased, these loans are classified as held for sale and are carried at fair value pursuant to our election of the fair value option. At the commitment date, we enter into a corresponding forward sale commitment with a third party, typically a GSE, to deliver the loans to the GSE within a specified timeframe. The estimated gain/loss for the entire transaction (from initial purchase commitment to final delivery of loans) is recorded as an asset or liability. Fair value is derived from observable current market prices, when available, and includes the fair value of the MSRs. At December 31, 2015, we had $86.1 million in loans held for sale related to MCA.
The following discussion and analysis presents the significant factors affecting our financial condition as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and results of operations for each of the three years related to the periods ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes to the financial statements appearing later in this report.
Year ended December 31, 2015 compared to year ended December 31, 2014
We reported net income of $144.9 million and net income available to common stockholders of $135.1 million, or $2.91 per diluted common share, for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to net income of $136.4 million and net income available to common stockholders of $126.6 million, or $2.88 per diluted common share, for the same period in 2014. Return on average equity ("ROE") was 9.65% and return on average assets ("ROA") was 0.79% for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 11.31% and 1.05%, respectively, for the same period in 2014. The decrease in ROE and essentially flat earnings per share for 2015 compared to 2014 reflect the dilutive effect of the fourth quarter 2014 offering of 2.5 million common shares for net proceeds of $149.6 million. The ROA decrease resulted from a combination of reduced yields on loans and a $2.3 billion increase in average liquidity assets for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the same period of 2014.

30



Net income increased $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 2014. The $8.5 million increase was primarily the result of a $79.6 million increase in net interest income and a $5.2 million increase in non-interest income, offset by a $31.3 million increase in the provision for credit losses, a $41.4 million increase in non-interest expense and a $3.6 million decrease in income tax expense.
Year ended December 31, 2014 compared to year ended December 31, 2013
We reported net income of $136.4 million and net income available to common stockholders of $126.6 million, or $2.88 per diluted common share, for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to net income of $121.1 million and net income available to common stockholders of $113.7 million, or $2.72 per diluted common share, for the same period in 2013. Return on average equity ("ROE") was 11.31% and return on average assets ("ROA") was 1.05% for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to 12.82% and 1.17%, respectively, for the same period in 2013. During 2014, we completed a $175.0 million subordinated debt offering and two equity offerings totaling 4.4 million common shares, which increased common equity by $256.2 million. These transactions had the effect of reducing ROE during 2014. The ROA decrease resulted from the subordinated debt offering and from a combination of reduced yields on loans and an increase in average liquidity assets for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the same period of 2013.
Net income increased $15.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 2013. The $15.3 million increase was primarily the result of a $57.5 million increase in net interest income, offset by a $3.0 million increase in the provision for credit losses, a $1.5 million decrease in non-interest income, a $28.4 million increase in non-interest expense and a $9.3 million increase in income tax expense.
Net Interest Income
Net interest income was $556.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $477.0 million for the same period of 2014. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to an increase of $5.1 billion in average earning assets as compared to the same period of 2014. The increase in average earning assets included a $2.9 billion increase in average net loans and a $2.3 billion increase in liquidity assets. For the year ended December 31, 2015, average net loans, liquidity assets and securities represented 84%, 15% and less than 1%, respectively, of average earning assets compared to 96%, 4% and 1%, respectively, in 2014.
Average interest-bearing liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased $2.6 billion from the year ended December 31, 2014, which included a $1.6 billion increase in interest-bearing deposits and a $1.0 billion increase in other borrowings. For the same periods, the average balance of demand deposits increased to $6.4 billion from $4.2 billion. The average cost of total deposits and borrowed funds remained flat at 0.17% for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the same period in the prior year. The average cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased from 0.50% for the year ended December 31, 2014 to 0.46% for the same period of 2015.
Net interest income was $477.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $419.5 million for the same period of 2013. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to an increase of $2.7 billion in average earning assets as compared to the same period of 2013. The increase in average earning assets included a $2.4 billion increase in average net loans and a $300.6 million increase in liquidity assets. For the year ended December 31, 2014, average net loans, liquidity assets and securities represented 96%, 4% and less than 1%, respectively, of average earning assets compared to 98%, 1% and 1%, respectively, in 2013.
Average interest-bearing liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased $1.2 billion from the year ended December 31, 2013, which included a $1.3 billion increase in interest-bearing deposits and a $160.6 million increase in long-term debt as a result of the Bank's issuance of subordinated notes in January 2014, offset by a $273.4 million decrease in other borrowings. For the same periods, the average balance of demand deposits increased to $4.2 billion from $3.0 billion. The average cost of total deposits and borrowed funds remained flat at 0.17% for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to the same period in the prior year. The total cost of interest-bearing liabilities included $8.7 million attributable to the $175.0 million in long-term subordinated debt issued in January 2014. Including the increase in long-term subordinated debt during 2014, the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities increased from 0.40% for the year ended December 31, 2013 to 0.50% for the same period of 2014.
Volume/Rate Analysis
The following table presents the changes (in thousands) in taxable-equivalent net interest income and identifies the changes due to differences in the average volume of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the changes due to differences in the average interest rate on those assets and liabilities.

31



 Years Ended December 31,
 2015/2014 2014/2013
 
Net
Change
 Change Due To(1) 
Net
Change
 Change Due To(1)
 Volume Yield/Rate(2) Volume Yield/Rate(2)
Interest income:           
Securities$(672) $(622) $(50) $(1,430) $(1,330) $(100)
Loans held for sale243
 243
 
 
 
 
Loans held for investment, mortgage finance loans25,616
 33,288
 (7,672) 6,197
 22,763
 (16,566)
Loans held for investment57,264
 83,268
 (26,004) 64,095
 84,854
 (20,759)
Federal funds sold475
 459
 16
 142
 35
 107
Deposits in other banks5,387
 5,217
 170
 675
 700
 (25)
Total88,313
 121,853
 (33,540) 69,679
 107,022
 (37,343)
Interest expense:           
Transaction deposits1,677
 702
 975
 274
 38
 236
Savings deposits4,399
 2,852
 1,547
 3,808
 3,312
 496
Time deposits1,005
 363
 642
 
 82
 (82)
Deposits in foreign branches(648) (616) (32) 33
 55
 (22)
Other borrowings1,789
 1,966
 (177) (473) (510) 37
Long-term debt624
 858
 (234) 8,828
 10,602
 (1,774)
Total8,846
 6,125
 2,721
 12,470
 13,579
 (1,109)
Net interest income$79,467
 $115,728
 $(36,261) $57,209
 $93,443
 $(36,234)
(1)Changes attributable to both volume and yield/rate are allocated to both volume and yield/rate on an equal basis.
(2)Taxable equivalent rates used where applicable assuming a 35% tax rate.
Net interest margin, which is defined as the ratio of net interest income to average earning assets, decreased from 3.78% for 2014 to 3.14% for 2015. This 64 basis point decrease was due to the growth in loans with lower yields and the $2.3 billion increase in average balances of liquidity assets, which include Federal funds sold and deposits held principally at the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas. Funding costs, including demand deposits and borrowed funds, remained at .17% for 2015 compared to .17% for 2014. The spread on total earning assets, net of the cost of deposits and borrowed funds, was 3.23% for 2015 compared to 3.91% for 2014. The decrease resulted from the reduction in yields on total loans, as well as the increased proportion of liquidity assets to total earning assets. Total funding costs, including all deposits, long-term debt and stockholders' equity decreased to .25% for 2015 compared to .29% for 2014. Average long-term debt increased by $14.4 million from 2014 and the average interest rate on long-term debt for 2015 was 4.84% compared to 4.85% for 2014.
Net interest margin decreased from 4.22% for 2013 to 3.78% for 2014. This 44 basis point decrease was due to the growth in loans with lower yields, the impact of the January 2014 subordinated note offering and the $300.6 million increase in average balances of liquidity assets, which includes Federal funds sold and deposits in other banks. Funding costs, including demand deposits and borrowed funds, remained at .17% for 2014 compared to .17% for 2013. The spread on total earning assets, net of the cost of deposits and borrowed funds, was 3.91% for 2014 compared to 4.30% for 2013. The decrease resulted from the reduction in yields on total loans, primarily due to the increased proportion of mortgage finance loans to total loans. Total funding costs, including all deposits, long-term debt and stockholders' equity increased to .29% for 2014 compared to .24% for 2013. Average long-term debt increased by $160.6 million from 2013 and the average interest rate on long-term debt for 2014 was 4.85% compared to 4.40% for 2013.

32



Consolidated Daily Average Balances, Average Yields and Rates
 Year ended December 31,
  
2015 2014 2013
  
Average
Balance
 
Revenue /
Expense(1)
 
Yield /
Rate(2)
 
Average
Balance
 
Revenue /
Expense(1)
 Yield /
Rate(2)
 
Average
Balance
 
Revenue /
Expense(1)
 Yield /
Rate(2)
Assets                 
Securities—taxable$33,616
 $1,197
 3.56% $43,029
 $1,590
 3.70% $59,031
 $2,325
 3.94%
Securities—non-taxable1,544
 87
 5.63% 6,171
 366
 5.93% 18,147
 1,061
 5.85%
Federal funds sold269,610
 682
 0.25% 83,816
 207
 0.25% 54,547
 65
 0.12%
Deposits in other banks2,438,742
 6,293
 0.26% 360,857
 906
 0.25% 89,503
 231
 0.26%
Loans held for sale6,359
 243
 3.82% 
 
 % 
 
 %
Loans held for investment, mortgage finance3,992,548
 119,677
 3.00% 2,948,938
 94,061
 3.19% 2,342,149
 87,864
 3.75%
Loans held for investment11,113,520
 474,809
 4.27% 9,265,435
 417,545
 4.51% 7,471,676
 353,450
 4.73%
Less reserve for loan losses114,965
 
 
 91,363
 
 
 78,282
 
 
Loans, net14,991,103
 594,486
 3.97% 12,123,010
 511,606
 4.22% 9,735,543
 441,314
 4.53%
Total earning assets17,740,974
 602,988
 3.40% 12,616,883
 514,675
 4.08% 9,956,771
 444,996
 4.47%
Cash and other assets486,129
     399,728
     391,633
    
Total assets$18,227,103
     $13,016,611
     $10,348,404
    
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity                 
Transaction deposits$1,680,220
 $2,615
 0.16% $960,812
 $938
 0.10% $908,415
 $664
 0.07%
Savings deposits5,920,046
 18,738
 0.32% 4,938,039
 14,339
 0.29% 3,756,560
 10,531
 0.28%
Time deposits510,378
 2,634
 0.52% 417,317
 1,629
 0.39% 397,329
 1,629
 0.41%
Deposits in foreign branches181,657
 591
 0.33% 361,203
 1,239
 0.34% 345,506
 1,206
 0.35%
Total interest-bearing deposits8,292,301
 24,578
 0.30% 6,677,371
 18,145
 0.27% 5,407,810
 14,030
 0.26%
Other borrowings1,382,013
 2,535
 0.18% 379,877
 746
 0.20% 653,318
 1,219
 0.19%
Subordinated notes286,000
 16,764
 5.86% 271,617
 16,202
 5.97% 111,000
 7,327
 6.60%
Trust preferred subordinated debentures113,406
 2,551
 2.25% 113,406
 2,489
 2.19% 113,406
 2,536
 2.24%
Total interest-bearing liabilities10,073,720
 46,428
 0.46% 7,442,271
 37,582
 0.50% 6,285,534
 25,112
 0.40%
Demand deposits6,447,147
     4,188,173
     2,967,063
    
Other liabilities155,960
     116,566
     94,592
    
Stockholders’ equity1,550,276
     1,269,601
     1,001,215
    
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$18,227,103
     $13,016,611
     $10,348,404
    
                  
Net interest income  $556,560
     $477,093
     $419,884
  
Net interest margin    3.14%     3.78%     4.22%
Net interest spread    2.94%     3.58%     4.07%
Loan spread(3)    3.80%     4.05%     4.36%
(1)The loan averages include non-accrual loans which are stated net of unearned income. Loan interest income includes loan fees totaling $55.8 million, $50.0 million and $37.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(2)Taxable equivalent rates used where applicable assuming a 35% tax rate.
(3)Yield on loans, net of reserves, less funding cost including all deposits and borrowed funds.


33



Non-interest Income
 Year ended December 31,
  
2015 2014 2013
 (in thousands)
Service charges on deposit accounts$8,323
 $7,253
 $6,783
Trust fee income5,022
 4,937
 5,023
Bank owned life insurance (BOLI) income2,011
 2,067
 1,917
Brokered loan fees18,661
 13,981
 16,980
Swap fees4,275
 2,992
 5,520
Other9,446
 11,281
 7,801
Total non-interest income$47,738
 $42,511
 $44,024
Non-interest income increased by $5.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 to $47.7 million, compared to $42.5 million for the same period in 2014. This increase was primarily due to a $4.7 million increase in brokered loan fees as a result of an increase in mortgage finance volumes. Swap fee income increased $1.3 million during 2015 compared to the same period of 2014. Swap fees are fees related to customer swap transactions, are received from the institution that is our counterparty on the transaction and fluctuate from time to time based on the number and volume of transactions closed during the year. Service charges increased $1.0 million during 2015 compared to the same period of 2014 as a result of an increase in deposit balances year-over-year. Offsetting these increases was a $1.8 million decrease in other non-interest income. Other non-interest income includes such items as letter of credit fees, gain on sale of loans held for sale, servicing fees related to the MCA program and other general operating income, none of which account for 1% or more of total interest income and non-interest income.
Non-interest income decreased by $1.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 to $42.5 million, compared to $44.0 million during the same period in 2013. This decrease was primarily due to a $3.0 million decrease in brokered loan fees as a result of lower per loan fees in our mortgage finance business. Swap fee income decreased $2.5 million during 2014 compared to the same period of 2013. These fees fluctuate from time to time based on the number and volume of transactions closed during the quarter. Swap fees are fees related to customer swap transactions and are received from the institution that is our counterparty on the transaction. Offsetting these decreases was a $3.5 million increase in other non-interest income. Other non-interest income includes such items as letter of credit fees and other general operating income, none of which account for 1% or more of total interest income and non-interest income.
While management expects continued growth in certain components of non-interest income, the future rate of growth could be affected by increased competition from nationwide and regional financial institutions and general economic conditions. In order to achieve continued growth in non-interest income, we may need to introduce new products, enter into new lines of business or expand existing lines of business. Any new product introduction or new market entry could place additional demands on capital and managerial resources and introduce new risks to our business.
Non-interest Expense
  Year ended December 31,
  
 2015 2014 2013
  (in thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits $192,610
 $169,051
 $157,752
Net occupancy expense 23,182
 20,866
 16,821
Marketing 16,491
 15,989
 16,203
Legal and professional 22,150
 21,182
 18,104
Communications and technology 21,425
 18,667
 13,762
FDIC insurance assessment 17,231
 10,919
 8,057
Litigation settlement expense 
 
 (908)
Other(1) 33,434
 28,440
 26,938
Total non-interest expense $326,523
 $285,114
 $256,729
(1)Other expense includes such items as courier expenses, regulatory assessments other than FDIC insurance, due from bank charges, allowance and other carrying costs for OREO and other general operating expenses, none of which account for 1% or more of total interest income and non-interest income.

34



Non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased $41.4 million compared to the same period of 2014 primarily related to increases in salaries and employee benefits, net occupancy expense, legal and professional expense, communications and data processing, FDIC insurance assessment and other non-interest expense.
Salaries and employee benefits expense increased $23.6 million to $192.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase resulted primarily from general business growth and continued build-out.
Net occupancy expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased $2.3 million as a result of general business growth and continued build-out needed to support our growth.
Legal and professional expense increased $968,000, or 5%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014. Our legal and professional expense will continue to fluctuate from year to year and could increase in the future due to additional growth and as we respond to continued regulatory changes and strategic initiatives.
Communications and technology expense increased $2.8 million to $21.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 as a result of general business and customer growth and continued build-out needed to support that growth, including investment in IT security.
FDIC insurance assessment expense increased $6.3 million from $10.9 million in 2014 to $17.2 million primarily as a result of the increase in total assets from December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015.
Non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased $28.4 million compared to the same period of 2013 primarily related to increases in salaries and employee benefits, net occupancy expense, legal and professional expense, communications and data processing and FDIC insurance assessment, offset by a decrease in allowance and other carrying costs for OREO.
Salaries and employee benefits expense increased $11.3 million to $169.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase resulted primarily from general business growth.
Net occupancy expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased $4.0 million as a result of general business growth and continued build-out needed to support our growth.
Legal and professional expense increased $3.1 million, or 17%, for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the same period in 2013. Our legal and professional expense will continue to fluctuate from year to year and could increase in the future with growth and as we respond to continued regulatory changes and strategic initiatives.
Communications and technology expense increased $4.9 million to $18.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 as a result of general business and customer growth and continued build-out needed to support that growth.
FDIC insurance assessment expense increased $2.8 million from $8.1 million in 2013 to $10.9 million primarily as a result of the difference in rates applied to banks with over $10 billion in assets.
For the year ended December 31, 2014, allowance and other carrying costs for OREO decreased $1.7 million to $85,000, which is consistent with the decrease in our OREO balances during 2014.
Analysis of Financial Condition
Loans Held for Investment
Our total loans held for investment have grown at an annual rate of 17%, 26% and 13% in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, reflecting the continued build-up of our lending operations. Our business plan focuses primarily on lending to middle market businesses and successful professionals and entrepreneurs, and as such, commercial, real estate and construction loans have comprised a majority of our loan portfolio, representing 70% of total loans held for investment at December 31, 2015. Consumer loans generally have represented 1% or less of the portfolio from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2015. Mortgage finance loans relate to our mortgage warehouse lending operations in which we invest in mortgage loan ownership interests that are typically sold within 10 to 20 days. Mortgage finance loan volumes fluctuate based on the level of market demand for the product and the number of days between purchase and sale of the loans, as well as overall market interest rates and tend to peak at the end of each month.
We originate a substantial majority of all loans held for investment (excluding mortgage finance loans). We also participate in syndicated loan relationships, both as a participant and as an agent. As of December 31, 2015, we had $1.8 billion in syndicated loans, $410.3 million of which we administer as agent. All syndicated loans, whether we act as agent or participant, are underwritten to the same standards as all other loans we originate. As of December 31, 2015, $66.5 million of our syndicated loans were on non-accrual.

35



The following table summarizes our loans held for investment on a gross basis by major category as of the dates indicated (in thousands):
 December 31,
  2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Commercial$6,672,631
 $5,869,219
 $5,020,565
 $4,106,419
 $3,275,150
Mortgage finance4,966,276
 4,102,125
 2,784,265
 3,175,272
 2,080,081
Construction1,851,717
 1,416,405
 1,262,905
 737,637
 422,026
Real estate3,139,197
 2,807,127
 2,146,522
 1,892,753
 1,819,644
Consumer25,323
 19,699
 15,350
 19,493
 24,822
Equipment leases113,996
 99,495
 93,160
 69,470
 61,792
Total loans held for investment$16,769,140
 $14,314,070
 $11,322,767
 $10,001,044
 $7,683,515
For additional information on the types of loans we originate, see Note 3 - Loans Held for Investment and Allowance for Loan Losses in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
Portfolio Geographic and Industry Concentrations
As of December 31, 2015, a majority of our loans held for investment, excluding our mortgage finance loans and other national lines of business, were to businesses with headquarters and operations in Texas. This geographic concentration subjects the loan portfolio to the general economic conditions within this area. We also make loans to these customers that are secured by assets located outside of Texas. The risks created by this concentration have been considered by management in the determination of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Management believes the allowance for loan losses is appropriate to cover estimated losses inherent in the loan portfolio at each balance sheet date.
The table below summarizes the industry concentrations of our funded loans held for investment on a gross basis at December 31, 2015.
(in thousands except percentage data)Amount 
Percent of
Total Loans Held for Investment
Services$6,053,929
 36.1%
Mortgage finance loans4,966,276
 29.6%
Contracting—construction and real estate development1,698,011
 10.1%
Investors and investment management companies1,363,084
 8.1%
Petrochemical and mining1,186,723
 7.1%
Manufacturing554,702
 3.3%
Wholesale318,382
 1.9%
Personal/household216,144
 1.3%
Retail214,603
 1.3%
Contracting—trades138,924
 0.8%
Government44,166
 0.3%
Agriculture14,196
 0.1%
Total loans held for investment$16,769,140
 100.0%

36



Excluding our mortgage finance business, our largest concentration in any single industry is in services. Loans extended to borrowers within the services industries include loans to finance working capital and equipment, as well as loans to finance investment and owner-occupied real estate. Significant trade categories represented within the services industries include, but are not limited to, real estate services, financial services, leasing companies, transportation, communication, and hospitality services. Borrowers represented within the real estate services category are largely owners and managers of both residential and non-residential commercial real estate properties.
Loans extended to borrowers within the contracting industry are comprised largely of loans to land developers and to both heavy construction and general commercial contractors. Many of these loans are secured by real estate properties, the development of which is or may be financed by our Bank. Loans extended to borrowers within the petrochemical and mining industries are predominantly loans to finance the exploration and production of petroleum and natural gas. These loans are generally secured by proven petroleum and natural gas reserves and any such reserves which are developed as a result of the exploration.
This category also includes secured loans to companies in the energy services business, generally those engaged in supporting production, not exploration, drilling or development of reserves. We also have a small number of loans where our collateral consists of partnership interests and the partnerships are primarily in the petrochemical and mining industry. Personal/household loans include loans to certain successful professionals and entrepreneurs for commercial purposes, in addition to consumer loans.
We make loans that are appropriately collateralized under our credit standards. Approximately 97% of our funded loans held for investment are secured by collateral. Over 84% of the real estate collateral is located in Texas. The table below sets forth information regarding the distribution of our funded loans held for investment on a gross basis among various types of collateral at December 31, 2015 (in thousands except percentage data):
 Amount 
Percent of
Total Loans
Collateral type:   
Business assets$4,820,254
 28.7%
Real property4,990,914
 29.8%
Mortgage finance loans4,966,276
 29.6%
Energy799,758
 4.8%
Unsecured446,715
 2.7%
Other assets496,273
 3.0%
Highly liquid assets174,315
 1.0%
Rolling stock50,538
 0.3%
U. S. Government guaranty24,097
 0.1%
Total loans held for investment$16,769,140
 100.0%

37



As noted in the table above, approximately 30% of our loans held for investment as of December 31, 2015 are secured by real estate. The table below summarizes our real estate loan portfolio as segregated by the type of property securing the credit. Property type concentrations are stated as a percentage of year-end total real estate loans as of December 31, 2015 (in thousands except percentage data):
 Amount 
Percent of
Total
Real Estate
Loans
Property type:   
Market risk   
Commercial buildings$813,798
 16.3%
1-4 Family dwellings (other than condominium)733,775
 14.7%
Industrial buildings608,292
 12.2%
Apartment buildings569,835
 11.4%
Residential lots406,669
 8.1%
Shopping center/mall buildings349,629
 7.0%
Hotel/motel buildings235,177
 4.7%
Medical buildings206,286
 4.1%
Unimproved land91,085
 1.8%
Other122,005
 2.5%
Other than market risk  
Commercial buildings252,094
 5.1%
Industrial buildings126,350
 2.5%
1-4 Family dwellings (other than condominium)123,220
 2.5%
Other352,699
 7.1%
Total real estate loans$4,990,914
 100.0%
The table below summarizes our market risk real estate portfolio at December 31, 2015 as segregated by the geographic region in which the property is located (in thousands except percentage data):
 Amount 
Percent of
Total
Geographic region:   
Dallas/Fort Worth$1,361,596
 32.8%
Houston1,029,999
 24.9%
San Antonio428,773
 10.4%
Austin374,477
 9.1%
Other Texas cities325,720
 7.9%
Other states615,986
 14.9%
Total market risk real estate loans$4,136,551
 100.0%
We extend market risk real estate loans, including both construction/development financing and limited term financing, to builders, professional real estate developers and owners/managers of commercial real estate projects and properties who have a demonstrated record of past success with similar properties. Collateral properties include office buildings, warehouse/distribution buildings, shopping centers, apartment buildings and residential and commercial tract development located primarily within our five major metropolitan markets in Texas. These loans are generally repaid through the borrowers’ sale or lease of the properties, and loan amounts are determined in part from an analysis of pro forma cash flows. Loans are also underwritten to comply with product-type specific advance rates against both cost and market value. We engage a variety of professional firms to supply appraisals, market studies and feasibility reports, environmental assessments and project site inspections to complement our internal resources to underwrite and monitor these credit exposures.
The determination of collateral value is critically important when financing real estate. As a result, obtaining current and objectively prepared appraisals is a major part of our underwriting and monitoring processes. Generally, our policy requires a

38



new appraisal every three years. However, in periods of economic uncertainty where real estate values can fluctuate rapidly as in recent years, more current appraisals are obtained when warranted by conditions such as a borrower’s deteriorating financial condition, their possible inability to perform on the loan or other indicators of increasing risk of reliance on collateral value as the sole repayment of the loan. Annual appraisals are generally obtained for loans graded substandard or worse where real estate is a material portion of the collateral value and/or the income from the real estate or sale of the real estate is the primary source of debt service.
Appraisals are, in substantially all cases, reviewed by a third party to determine the reasonableness of the appraised value. The third party reviewer will challenge whether or not the data used is appropriate and relevant, form an opinion as to the appropriateness of the appraisal methods and techniques used, and determine if overall the analysis and conclusions of the appraiser can be relied upon. Additionally, the third party reviewer provides a detailed report of that analysis. Further review may be conducted by our credit officers, as well as by the Bank’s managed asset committee as conditions warrant. These additional steps of review are undertaken to confirm that the underlying appraisal and the third party analysis can be relied upon. If we have differences, we address those with the reviewer and determine an appropriate resolution. Both the appraisal process and the appraisal review process can be less reliable in establishing accurate collateral values during and following periods of economic weakness due to the lack of comparable sales and the limited availability of financing to support an active market of potential purchasers.
Large Credit Relationships
The primary market areas we serve include the five major metropolitan markets of Texas, including Austin, Dallas, Fort Worth, Houston and San Antonio. We originate and maintain large credit relationships with numerous customers in the ordinary course of business. The legal limit of our Bank is approximately $309 million. We employ much lower house limits which vary by assigned risk grade, product and collateral type. Such house limits, which generally range from $20 million to $50 million, may be exceeded with appropriate authorization for exceptionally strong borrowers and otherwise where business opportunity and perceived credit risk warrant a somewhat larger investment. We consider large credit relationships to be those with commitments equal to or in excess of $10.0 million. The following table provides additional information on our large held for investment credit relationships, excluding mortgage finance, outstanding at year-end (in thousands, except relationship data):
 December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014
   Period End Balances   Period End Balances
  
Number of
Relationships
 Committed Outstanding 
Number of
Relationships
 Committed Outstanding
$20.0 million and greater233
 $6,504,087
 $3,915,113
 206
 $5,589,823
 $2,966,627
$10.0 million to $19.9 million309
 4,367,431
 2,925,850
 271
 3,768,588
 2,515,899
Growth in period-end outstanding balances related to large credit relationships primarily resulted from an increase in number of commitments. The following table summarizes the average per relationship committed and outstanding loan balances related to our large held for investment credit relationships, excluding mortgage finance, at year-end (in thousands, except relationship data):
 2015 Average Balance 2014 Average Balance
  
Committed Outstanding Committed Outstanding
$20.0 million and greater$27,915
 $16,803
 $27,135
 $14,401
$10.0 million to $19.9 million14,134
 9,469
 13,906
 9,284



39



Loan Maturities and Interest Rate Sensitivity as of December 31, 2015
 Remaining Maturities of Selected Loans
(in thousands)Total Within 1 Year 1-5 Years After 5 Years
Loan maturity:       
Commercial$6,672,631
 $2,740,172
 $3,703,703
 $228,756
Mortgage finance4,966,276
 4,966,276
 
 
Construction1,851,717
 514,499
 1,267,461
 69,757
Real estate3,139,197
 639,159
 1,815,323
 684,715
Consumer25,323
 23,684
 1,358
 281
Equipment leases113,996
 5,796
 105,780
 2,420
Total loans held for investment$16,769,140
 $8,889,586
 $6,893,625
 $985,929
Interest rate sensitivity for selected loans with:       
Predetermined interest rates$1,854,936
 $1,091,180
 $530,303
 $233,453
Floating or adjustable interest rates14,914,204
 7,798,406
 6,363,322
 752,476
Total loans held for investment$16,769,140
 $8,889,586
 $6,893,625
 $985,929
Interest Reserve Loans
As of December 31, 2015, we had $687.3 million in loans held for investment that included interest reserve arrangements, representing approximately 37% of our construction loans. Interest reserve provisions are common in construction loans. The use of interest reserves is carefully controlled by our underwriting standards, which consider the feasibility of the project, the creditworthiness of the borrower and guarantors and the loan-to-value coverage of the collateral. The interest reserve allows the borrower to draw loan funds to pay interest charges on the outstanding balance of the loan when financial conditions precedent are met. When drawn, the interest is capitalized and added to the loan balance, subject to conditions specified during the initial underwriting and at the time the credit is approved. We have ongoing controls for monitoring compliance with loan covenants, advancing funds and determining default conditions.
When we finance land on which improvements will be constructed, construction funds are generally not advanced until the borrower has received lease or purchase commitments which will meet cash flow coverage requirements and/or our analysis of market conditions and project feasibility indicates to our satisfaction that such lease or purchase commitments are forthcoming or other sources of repayment have been identified to repay the loan. It is our general policy to require a substantial equity investment by the borrower to complement the Bank's credit commitment. Any such required borrower investment is first contributed and invested in the project before any draws are allowed under the Bank's credit commitment. We require current financial statements of the borrowing entity and guarantors, as well as conduct periodic inspections of the project and analysis of whether the project is on schedule or delayed. Updated appraisals are ordered when necessary to validate the collateral values to support all advances, including reserve interest. Advances of interest reserves are discontinued if collateral values do not support the advances or if the borrower does not comply with other terms and conditions in the loan agreements. In addition, most of our construction lending is performed in Texas and our lenders are very familiar with trends in local real estate. If at any time we believe that our collateral position is jeopardized, we retain the right to stop the use of interest reserves. As of December 31, 2015, none of our loans with interest reserves were on non-accrual.

40



Non-performing Assets
Non-performing assets include non-accrual loans and leases and repossessed assets. The table below summarizes our non-performing assets by type and by type of property securing the credit (in thousands):
 As of December 31,
  
2015 2014 2013
Non-accrual loans(1)(4)     
Commercial     
     Oil and gas properties$104,179
 $694
 $1,614
     Assets of the borrowers30,360
 31,179
 9,819
     Inventory2,099
    
     Other2,020
 1,249
 1,463
Total commercial138,658
 33,122
 12,896
Construction     
     Commercial building16,667
 
 
     Unimproved land
 
 705
Total construction16,667
 
 705
Real estate     
     Commercial property2,867
 4,781
 9,606
     Unimproved land and/or developed residential lots3,576
 3,735
 4,819
     Single family residences
 
 888
     Farm land12,486
 
 
     Other383
 1,431
 3,357
Total real estate19,312
 9,947
 18,670
Consumer
 62
 54
Equipment leases5,151
 173
 50
  Total non-accrual loans179,788
 43,304
 32,375
Repossessed assets:     
OREO(3)278
 568
 5,110
Other repossessed assets230
 
 
  Total other repossessed assets508
 568
 5,110
Total non-performing assets$180,296
 $43,872
 $37,485
Restructured loans(4)$249
 $1,806
 $1,935
Loans past due 90 days and accruing(2)$7,013
 $5,274
 $9,325
(1)If these loans had been current throughout their terms, interest and fees on loans would have increased by approximately $7.0 million, $2.1 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(2)At December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, loans past due 90 days and still accruing includes premium finance loans of $6.6 million, $3.7 million and $3.8 million, respectively.
(3)At December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, there is no valuation allowance recorded against the OREO balance.
(4)As of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, non-accrual loans included $24.9 million, $12.1 million and $17.8 million, respectively, in loans that met the criteria for restructured.
Total non-performing assets at December 31, 2015 increased $136.4 million from December 31, 2014, compared to a $6.4 million increase from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014. We experienced a significant increase in levels of non-performing assets in 2015 compared to 2014, primarily related to deterioration in our energy portfolio. Energy non-performing assets totaled $120.4 million at December 31, 2015. Our provision for credit losses increased as a result of the deterioration of our energy portfolio and the significant growth in loans held for investment, excluding mortgage finance loans, and an increase in total criticized loans, as well as a change in applied risk weights. Risk weights are based on historical loss experience as adjusted for current environmental factors as well as changes in the composition of our pass-rated loan portfolio. This growth resulted in an increase in the reserve for loan losses as a percent of loans excluding mortgage finance loans for 2015 as compared to 2014.

41



Specific reserves on impaired loans held for investment were $23.5 million at December 31, 2015, compared to $8.4 million at December 31, 2014 and $3.2 million at December 31, 2013. We recognized $1.6 million in interest income on non-accrual loans during 2015 compared to $1.7 million in 2014 and $2.4 million in 2013. Additional interest income that would have been recorded if the loans had been current during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 totaled $7.0 million, $2.1 million and $2.5 million, respectively. Average impaired loans outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 totaled $102.3 million, $46.4 million and $50.8 million, respectively.
Generally, we place loans held for investment on non-accrual when there is a clear indication that the borrower’s cash flow may not be sufficient to meet payments as they become due, which is generally when a loan is 90 days past due. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all previously accrued and unpaid interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized on a cash basis as long as the remaining unpaid principal amount of the loan is deemed to be fully collectible. If collectability is questionable, then cash payments are applied to principal. As of December 31, 2015, $884,000 of our non-accrual loans were earning on a cash basis. A loan is placed back on accrual status when both principal and interest are current and it is probable that we will be able to collect all amounts due (both principal and interest) according to the terms of the loan agreement.
A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due (both principal and interest) according to the terms of the original loan agreement. Specific reserves on impaired loans are measured based on the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the underlying collateral less cost to sell.
At December 31, 2015, we had $7.0 million in loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest. Of this total, $6.6 million were premium finance loans. These loans are primarily secured by obligations of insurance carriers to refund premiums on cancelled insurance policies. The refund of premiums from the insurance carriers can take 180 days or longer from the cancellation date.
Restructured loans are loans on which, due to the borrower’s financial difficulties, we have granted a concession that we would not otherwise consider. This may include a transfer of real estate or other assets from the borrower, a modification of loan terms, or a combination of the two. Modifications of terms that could potentially qualify as a restructuring include reduction of contractual interest rate, extension of the maturity date at a contractual interest rate lower than the current rate for new debt with similar risk, a reduction of the face amount of debt, or forgiveness of either principal or accrued interest. As of December 31, 2015 we had $249,000 in loans considered restructured that are not on non-accrual. These loans do not have unfunded commitments at December 31, 2015. Of the non-accrual loans at December 31, 2015, $24.9 million met the criteria for restructured. A loan continues to qualify as restructured until a consistent payment history or change in the borrower's financial condition has been evidenced, generally for no less than twelve months. Assuming that the restructuring agreement specifies an interest rate at the time of the restructuring that is greater than or equal to the rate that we are willing to accept for a new extension of credit with comparable risk, then the loan no longer has to be considered a restructuring if it is in compliance with the modified terms in calendar years after the year of the restructuring.
Potential problem loans consist of loans that are performing in accordance with contractual terms, but for which we have concerns about the borrower’s ability to comply with repayment terms because of the borrower’s potential financial difficulties. We monitor these loans closely and review their performance on a regular basis. At December 31, 2015, we did not have any loans of this type which were not included in either non-accrual or 90 days past due categories, compared to $16.3 million at December 31, 2014.
The table below presents a summary of the activity related to OREO (in thousands):
 Year ended December 31,
  
2015 2014 2013
Beginning balance$568
 $5,110
 $15,991
Additions1,267
 851
 1,331
Sales(1,557) (5,393) (11,292)
Valuation allowance for OREO
 
 958
Direct write-downs
 
 (1,878)
Ending balance$278
 $568
 $5,110
When foreclosure occurs, the acquired asset is recorded at fair value, generally based on appraised value, which may result in partial charge-off of the loan. So long as the property is retained, further reductions in appraised value will result in valuation adjustments being taken as non-interest expense. If the decline in value is believed to be permanent and not just driven by short-term market conditions, a direct write-down of the OREO balance may be taken. We generally pursue sales of OREO when conditions warrant, but we may choose to hold certain properties for a longer term, which can result in additional exposure to decreases in the appraised value of the asset during that holding period. We did not record a valuation expense during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, compared to $920,000 recorded during the same period of 2013. Of the

42



$920,000 valuation expense recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013, $1.9 million related to direct write-downs, offset by a reduction in the valuation allowance of $958,000.
Summary of Loan Loss Experience
The provision for loan losses is a charge to earnings to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level consistent with management’s assessment of the collectability of the loan portfolio in light of current economic conditions and market trends. We recorded a provision for credit losses of $53.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, $22.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, and $19.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in provision recorded during 2015 is related to the deterioration in our energy portfolio and significant growth in loans held for investment, excluding mortgage finance loans, and an increase in total criticized loans, as well as changes in applied risk weights. Risk weights are based on historical loss experience as well as changes in the composition of our pass-rated loan portfolio.
The allowance for credit losses, which includes a liability for losses on unfunded commitments, totaled $150.1 million at December 31, 2015, $108.0 million at December 31, 2014 and $92.3 million at December 31, 2013. The combined allowance percentage increased to 1.28% at year-end 2015 from 1.06% and 1.09% of loans held for investment excluding mortgage finance loans at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The combined allowance as a percent of loans held for investment, excluding mortgage finance loans, trended down during 2013 and 2014 as we recognized losses on loans for which there were specific or general allocations of reserves and saw an improvement in our overall credit quality. During 2015, the combined allowance began trending up primarily as a result of the deterioration in our energy portfolio plus management's allocation of a higher reserve to the Bank's pass-rated portfolio as deemed appropriate in light of current environmental conditions.
The overall allowance for loan losses results from consistent application of our loan loss reserve methodology as described above. At December 31, 2015, we believe the allowance is sufficient to cover all inherent losses in the portfolio and has been derived from consistent application of our methodology. Should any of the factors considered by management in evaluating the adequacy of the reserve for loan losses change, our estimate of inherent losses in the portfolio could also change, which would affect the level of future provisions for loan losses.
See Note 1 - Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for details of the allowance for loan losses.

43



The table below presents a summary of our loan loss experience for the past five years (in thousands except percentage and multiple data):
 Year Ended December 31, 
  
2015  2014  2013  2012  2011 
Allowance for loan losses:              
Beginning balance$100,954
   $87,604
   $74,337
   $70,295
   $71,510
  
Loans charged-off:              
Commercial16,254
   9,803
   6,575
   6,708
   8,518
  
Construction
   
   
   
   
  
Real estate389
   296
   144
   899
   21,275
  
Consumer62
   266
   45
   49
   317
  
Equipment leases25
   
   2
   204
   1,218
  
Total charge-offs16,730
   10,365
   6,766
   7,860
   31,328
  
Recoveries:              
Commercial4,944
   2,762
   1,203
   832
   1,188
  
Construction400
   
   
   10
   248
  
Real estate33
   79
   270
   812
   350
  
Consumer173
   162
   73
   33
   9
  
Equipment leases38
   1,082
   322
   108
   383
  
Total recoveries5,588
   4,085
   1,868
   1,795
   2,178
  
Net charge-offs11,142
   6,280
   4,898
   6,065
   29,150
  
Provision for loan losses51,299
   19,630
   18,165
   10,107
   27,935
  
Ending balance$141,111
   $100,954
   $87,604
   $74,337
   $70,295
  
Allowance for off-balance sheet credit losses:              
Beginning balance$7,060
   $4,690
   $3,855
   $2,462
   $1,897
  
Provision for off-balance sheet credit losses1,951
   2,370
   835
   1,393
   565
  
Ending balance$9,011
   $7,060
   $4,690
   $3,855
   $2,462
  
Total allowance for credit losses$150,122
   $108,014
   $92,294
   $78,192
   $72,757
  
Total provision for credit losses$53,250
   $22,000
   $19,000
   $11,500
   $28,500
  
Allowance for loan losses to LHI0.84
 0.71
 0.78
 0.75
 0.92
Allowance for loan losses to LHI excluding mortgage finance loans1.20
 0.99
 1.03
 1.10
 1.26
Net charge-offs to average LHI0.07
 0.05
 0.05
 0.07
 0.47
Net charge-offs to average LHI excluding mortgage finance loans0.10
 0.07
 0.07
 0.10
 0.58
Total provision for credit losses to average LHI0.35
 0.18
 0.19
 0.14
 0.45
Total provision for credit losses to average LHI excluding mortgage finance loans0.48
 0.24
 0.25
 0.19
 0.56
Recoveries to total charge-offs33.40
 39.41
 27.61
 22.84
 6.95
Allowance for off-balance sheet credit losses to off-balance sheet credit commitments0.16
 0.13
 0.12
 0.14
 0.14
Combined allowance for credit losses to LHI0.90
 0.76
 0.82
 0.78
 0.95
Combined allowance for credit losses to LHI excluding mortgage finance loans1.28
 1.06
 1.09
 1.15
 1.31
Non-performing assets:              
Non-accrual loans(1)(4)$179,788
   $43,304
   $32,375
   $55,833
   $54,580
  
OREO(3)278
   568
   5,110
   15,991
   34,077
  
Other repossessed assets230
  
  
  42
   1,516
  
Total$180,296
   $43,872
   $37,485
   $71,866
   $90,173
  
Restructured loans$249
   $1,806
   $1,935
   $10,407
   $25,104
  
Loans past due 90 days and still accruing(2)$7,013
   $5,274
   $9,325
   $3,674
   $5,467
  
Allowance as a multiple of non-performing loans0.8
 2.3
 2.7
 1.3
 1.3


44



(1)If these loans had been current throughout their terms, interest and fees on loans would have increased by approximately $7.0 million, $2.1 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(2)At December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, loans past due 90 days and still accruing includes premium finance loans of $6.6 million, $3.7 million and $3.8 million, respectively.
(3)At December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, we did not have a valuation allowance recorded against the OREO balance.
(4)As of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, non-accrual loans included $24.9 million, $12.1 million and $17.8 million, respectively, in loans that met the criteria for restructured.

Allowance for Loan Loss Allocation
  December 31,
  2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
(in thousands except
percentage data)
 Reserve 
% of
Loans
 Reserve 
% of
Loans
 Reserve 
% of
Loans
 Reserve 
% of
Loans
 Reserve 
% of
Loans
Loan category:                    
Commercial $112,446
 40% $70,654
 41% $39,868
 44% $21,547
 41% $17,337
 43%
Mortgage finance loans(1) 
 29% 
 28% 
 25% 
 32% 
 27%
Construction 6,836
 11% 7,935
 10% 14,553
 11% 12,097
 7% 7,845
 5%
Real estate 13,381
 19% 15,582
 20% 24,210
 19% 30,893
 19% 33,721
 24%
Consumer 338
 
 240
 
 149
 
 226
 
 223
 
Equipment leases 3,931
 1% 1,141
 1% 3,105
 1% 2,460
 1% 2,356
 1%
Additional qualitative reserve 4,179
 
 5,402
 
 5,719
 
 7,114
 
 8,813
 
Total loans held for investment $141,111
 100% $100,954
 100% $87,604
 100% $74,337
 100% $70,295
 100%
(1)No amount of the reserve is allocated to these loans based on the internal risk grade assigned.
Increases in the allowance allocated to loan categories are due primarily to the significant growth in the overall loan portfolio. We have traditionally maintained an additional qualitative allowance component to allow for uncertainty in economic and other conditions affecting the quality of the loan portfolio. The additional qualitative portion of our loan loss reserve has decreased since December 31, 2011. We believe the level of additional qualitative allowance at December 31, 2015 continues to be warranted due to the continued uncertain economic environment which has produced more frequent losses, including those resulting from fraud by borrowers. Our methodology used to calculate the allowance considers historical losses, however, the historical loss rates for specific product types or credit risk grades may not fully incorporate the effects of continued weakness in the economy.
Loans Held for Sale
We launched our MCA business in the third quarter of 2015. In that business, we commit to purchase residential mortgage loans from independent correspondent lenders and deliver those loans into the secondary market via whole loans sales to independent third parties or in securitization transactions to GSEs such as Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae. We have elected to carry these loans at fair value based on sales commitments and market quotes. Changes in the fair value of the loans held for sale are included in other non-interest income.
Residential mortgage loans are subject to both credit and interest rate risk. Credit risk is managed through underwriting policies and procedures, including collateral requirements, which are generally accepted by the secondary loan markets. Exposure to interest rate fluctuations is partially managed through forward sales contracts, which set the price for loans that will be delivered in the next 60 to 90 days.
The table below presents the unpaid principal balance of loans held for sale and related fair values at December 31, 2015 (in thousands):
 December 31, 2015
 Unpaid Principal Balance Fair Value Fair Value Over/(Under) Unpaid Principal Balance
Loans held for sale$82,853
 $86,075
 $3,222

45



The differences between the fair value carrying amount and the aggregate unpaid principal balance include changes in fair value recorded at and subsequent to funding, gains and losses on the related loan commitment prior to funding and premiums or discounts on acquired loans.
We generally retain the right to service the loans sold, creating MSR assets on our balance sheet. A summary of MSR activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 is as follows (in thousands):
 2015
Balance, beginning of year$
Capitalized servicing rights437
Amortization(14)
Balance, end of year$423
Fair value$423
At December 31, 2015, our servicing portfolio of loans sold included 168 loans with an outstanding principal balance of $39.0 million. In connection with the servicing of these loans, we maintain escrow funds for taxes and insurance in the name of investors, as well as collections in transit to investors. These escrow funds are segregated and held in separate non-interest-bearing bank accounts at the Bank. These deposits, included in total non-interest-bearing deposits on the consolidated balance sheets, were $240,000 at December 31, 2015.
For loans securitized and sold for the year ended December 31, 2015 with servicing rights retained, management used the following assumptions to determine the fair value of MSRs at the date of securitization:
2015
Average discount rates9.76%
Expected prepayment speeds9.14%
Weighted-average life, in years7.3
In conjunction with the sale and securitization of loans held for sale, we may be exposed to liability resulting from recourse agreements and repurchase agreements. If it is determined subsequent to our sale of a loan that the loan sold is in breach of the representations or warranties made in the applicable sale agreement, we may have an obligation to (a) repurchase the loan for the unpaid principal balance, accrued interest and related advances, (b) indemnify the purchaser against any loss it suffers or (c) make the purchaser whole for the economic benefits of the loan. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we originated or purchased and sold approximately $39.1 million of mortgage loans to GSEs.
Our repurchase, indemnification and make whole obligations vary based upon the terms of the applicable agreements, the nature of the asserted breach and the status of the mortgage loan at the time a claim is made. We establish reserves for estimated losses of this nature inherent in the origination of mortgage loans by estimating the probable losses inherent in the population of all loans sold based on trends in claims and actual loss severities experienced. The reserve will include accruals for probable contingent losses in addition to those identified in the pipeline of claims received. The estimation process is designed to include amounts based on actual losses experienced from actual repurchase activity.
Because the MCA business commenced in 2015, we have no historical data to support the establishment of a reserve. The baseline for the repurchase reserve uses historical loss factors obtained from industry data that are applied to loan pools originated and sold during the year ended December 31, 2015. The historical industry data loss factors and experienced losses will be accumulated for each sale vintage (year loan was sold) and applied to more recent sale vintages to estimate inherent losses not yet realized. Our estimated exposure related to these loans was $20,000 at December 31, 2015 and is recorded in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. We had no losses due to repurchase, indemnification or make-whole obligations during the year ended December 31, 2015.
Deposits
We compete for deposits by offering a broad range of products and services to our customers. While this includes offering competitive interest rates and fees, the primary means of competing for deposits is convenience and service to our customers. However, our strategy to provide service and convenience to customers does not include a large branch network. Our Bank offers thirteen banking centers, courier services and online banking. BankDirect, the Internet division of our Bank, serves its customers on a 24 hours-a-day, 7 days-a-week basis solely through Internet banking.
Average deposits for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased $3.9 billion compared to the same period of 2014. Average demand deposits, interest-bearing transaction deposits, savings deposits and time deposits (excluding deposits in foreign branches) increased by $2.3 billion, $719.4 million, $982.0 million and $93.1 million, respectively. Average deposits in foreign

46



branches decreased $93.1 million related to the discontinuation of that deposit offering and closure of our Cayman Islands branch during 2015. The average cost of deposits remained level at .17% in 2015 as compared to 2014 mainly due to our focused effort to reduce rates paid on deposits and the significant increase in non-interest-bearing deposits during 2015.
Average deposits for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased $2.5 billion compared to the same period of 2013. Average demand deposits, interest-bearing transaction deposits, savings deposits and time deposits (including deposits in foreign branches) increased by $1.2 billion, $52.4 million, $1.2 billion and $35.7 million, respectively. The average cost of deposits remained level at .17% in 2014 as compared to 2013 mainly due to our focused effort to reduce rates paid on deposits and the significant increase in non-interest-bearing deposits during 2014.
The following table discloses our average deposits for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):
 Average Balances
  
2015 2014 2013
Non-interest-bearing$6,447,147
 $4,188,173
 $2,967,063
Interest-bearing transaction1,680,220
 960,812
 908,415
Savings5,920,046
 4,938,039
 3,756,560
Time deposits510,378
 417,317
 397,329
Deposits in foreign branches181,657
 361,203
 345,506
Total average deposits$14,739,448
 $10,865,544
 $8,374,873
As with our loan portfolio, a majority of our deposits derive from businesses and individuals in Texas. As of December 31, 2015, approximately 82% of our deposits originated out of our Dallas metropolitan banking centers. Uninsured deposits at December 31, 2015 were 56% of total deposits, compared to 72% of total deposits at December 31, 2014 and 67% of total deposits at December 31, 2013. The insured deposit data for 2015, 2014 and 2013 reflects the deposit insurance impact of "combined ownership segregation" of escrow and other accounts at an aggregate level but does not reflect an evaluation of all of the account styling distinctions that would determine the availability of deposit insurance to individual accounts based on FDIC regulations.
At December 31, 2014, we had $311.1 million in interest-bearing time deposits of $100,000 or more in our Cayman Islands branch, which was closed during 2015. All deposits in the Cayman Branch came from U.S. based customers of our Bank. Deposits did not originate from foreign sources, and funds transfers neither came from nor went to facilities outside of the U.S. All deposits were in U.S. dollars.
Maturity of Domestic CDs and Other Time Deposits in Amounts of $100,000 or More
 December 31,
(In thousands)2015 2014 2013
Months to maturity:     
3 or less$240,291
 $160,504
 $130,180
Over 3 through 6100,582
 77,199
 82,435
Over 6 through 1289,860
 103,396
 89,910
Over 1215,714
 22,359
 21,426
Total$446,447
 $363,458
 $323,951

Liquidity and Capital Resources
In general terms, liquidity is a measurement of our ability to meet our cash needs. Our objective in managing our liquidity is to maintain our ability to meet loan commitments, repurchase securities or repay deposits and other liabilities in accordance with their terms, without an adverse impact on our current or future earnings. Our liquidity strategy is guided by policies, formulated and monitored by our senior management and our Balance Sheet Management Committee (“BSMC”), which take into account the demonstrated marketability of our assets, the sources and stability of our funding and the level of unfunded commitments. We regularly evaluate all of our various funding sources with an emphasis on accessibility, stability, reliability and cost-effectiveness. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, our principal source of funding has been our customer deposits, supplemented by our short-term and long-term borrowings, primarily from Federal funds purchased and Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) borrowings, generally used to fund mortgage finance assets.

47



Our liquidity needs for support of growth in loans have been fulfilled through growth in our core customer deposits. Our goal is to obtain as much of our funding for loans held for investment and other earning assets as possible from deposits of these core customers. These deposits are generated principally through development of long-term customer relationships, with a significant focus on treasury management products. In addition to deposits from our core customers, we also have access to deposits through other contractual customer relationships. For regulatory purposes, these relationship-based deposits are categorized as brokered deposits; however, since these deposits arise from a customer relationship which involves extensive treasury services, we consider these deposits to be core deposits for our reporting purposes.
We also have access to incremental deposits through brokered retail certificates of deposit, or CDs. These traditional brokered deposits are generally of short maturities, 30 to 90 days, and are used to fund temporary differences in the growth in loan balances, including growth in loans held for sale or other specific categories of loans as compared to customer deposits. The following table summarizes our period-end and average year-to-date core customer deposits and brokered deposits (in millions):
 December 31,
  
2015 2014
Deposits from core customers$13,743.8
 $10,900.0
Deposits from core customers as a percent of total deposits91.1% 86.0%
Relationship brokered deposits$1,340.8
 $1,773.3
Relationship brokered deposits as a percent of average total deposits8.9% 14.0%
Traditional brokered deposits$
 $
Traditional brokered deposits as a percent of total deposits% %
Average deposits from core customers$13,172.6
 $9,135.0
Average deposits from core customers as a percent of average total deposits89.4% 84.1%
Average relationship brokered deposits$1,566.8
 $1,709.8
Average relationship brokered deposits as a percent of average total deposits10.6% 15.7%
Average traditional brokered deposits$
 $20.7
Average traditional brokered deposits as a percent of average total deposits% 0.2%
We have access to sources of brokered deposits that we estimate to be $3.5 billion. Based on our internal guidelines, we may choose to limit our use of these sources to a lesser amount. Customer deposits (total deposits, including relationship brokered deposits, minus brokered CDs) at December 31, 2015 increased $2.4 billion from December 31, 2014.
We have short-term borrowing sources available to supplement deposits and meet our funding needs. Such borrowings are generally used to fund our mortgage finance loans, due to their liquidity, short duration and interest spreads available. These borrowing sources include Federal funds purchased from our downstream correspondent bank relationships (which consist of banks that are smaller than our Bank) and from our upstream correspondent bank relationships (which consist of banks that are larger than our Bank), customer repurchase agreements, treasury, tax and loan notes and advances from the FHLB and the Federal Reserve. The following table summarizes our borrowings (in thousands):
 December 31,
 2015 2014 2013
  
Balance Rate(3) 
Maximum
Outstanding
at Any
Month End
 Balance Rate(3) 
Maximum
Outstanding
at Any
Month End
 Balance Rate(3) 
Maximum
Outstanding
at Any
Month End
Federal funds purchased(4)$74,164
 0.55%   $66,971
 0.30%   $148,650
 0.22%  
Customer repurchase agreements(1)68,887
 0.02%   25,705
 0.07%   21,954
 0.06%  
FHLB borrowings(2)1,500,000
 0.31%   1,100,005
 0.13%   840,026
 0.12%  
Total borrowings$1,643,051
   $1,643,051
 $1,192,681
   $1,192,681
 $1,010,630
   $1,634,630
(1)Securities pledged for customer repurchase agreements were $14.2 million, $21.8 million and $37.7 million at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(2)FHLB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket floating lien on certain real estate-secured loans, mortgage finance assets and also certain pledged securities. The weighted-average interest rate for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was 0.18%, 0.15% and 0.14%, respectively. The average balance of FHLB borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $1.2 billion, $213.4 million and $370.0 million, respectively.

48



(3)Interest rate as of period end.
(4)The weighted-average interest rate on Federal funds purchased for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was 0.29%, 0.27% and 0.27%, respectively. The average balance of Federal funds purchased for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $98.8 million, $139.3 million and $254.3 million, respectively.
The following table summarizes our other borrowing capacities in excess of balances outstanding (in thousands):
 December 31,
 2015 2014 2013
FHLB borrowing capacity relating to loans$4,101,396
 $3,602,994
 $693,302
FHLB borrowing capacity relating to securities1,213
 535
 8,482
Total FHLB borrowing capacity$4,102,609
 $3,603,529
 $701,784
Unused Federal funds lines available from commercial banks$1,231,000
 $1,186,000
 $890,000
Unused Federal Reserve Borrowings capacity$2,966,702
 $2,643,000
 $2,284,000
From time to time, we borrow funds on an overnight basis from the Federal Reserve. We did not incur such borrowings during 2015 or 2014, and, during 2013, we did so on one such occasion when mortgage finance loan balances surged at the end of a month. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, no borrowings from the Federal Reserve were outstanding.
Our unsecured, revolving, non-amortizing line of credit had maximum availability of $100.0 million and matured on December 22, 2015. This line of credit was renewed on December 22, 2015 with a new maximum availability of $130.0 million and a maturity date of December 21, 2016. The loan proceeds may be used for general corporate purposes including funding regulatory capital infusions into the Bank. The loan agreement contains customary financial covenants and restrictions. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, no borrowings were outstanding and no funds were borrowed during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.
From November 2002 to September 2006 various Texas Capital Statutory Trusts were created and subsequently issued floating rate trust preferred securities in various private offerings totaling $113.4 million. After deducting underwriter compensation and other expenses of each offering, the net proceeds were available to the Company to increase capital and for general corporate purposes, including use in investment and lending activities. Interest payments on all trust preferred subordinated debentures are deductible for federal income tax purposes. As of December 31, 2015, the weighted average quarterly rate on the trust preferred subordinated debentures was 2.31%, compared to 2.25% average for all of 2015, and 2.19% for all of 2014.
Because our Bank had less than $15.0 billion in total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009, we are allowed to continue to classify our trust preferred securities, all of which were issued prior to May 19, 2010, as Tier 1 capital. Our equity capital averaged $1.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to $1.3 billion in 2014 and $1.0 billion in 2013. We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock since we commenced operations and have no plans to do so in the foreseeable future.
On March 28, 2013, we completed a sale of 6.0 million shares of our 6.50% non-cumulative preferred stock, par value $0.01, with a liquidation preference of $25 per share, in a public offering. Dividends on the preferred stock are not cumulative and will be paid when declared by our board of directors to provide a flexible framework of policies relating to the extent that we have lawfully available funds to pay dividends. If declared, dividends will accrue and be payable quarterly, in arrears, on the liquidation preference amount, on a non-cumulative basis, at a rate of 6.50% per annum. We paid $9.8 million and $9.8 million in dividends on the preferred stock for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Holders of preferred stock do not have voting rights, except with respect to authorizing or increasing the authorized amount of senior stock, certain changes in termsgovernance of the preferred stock, certain dividend non-payments and as otherwise required by applicable law. Net proceeds fromCompany. These documents are available in the sale totaled $145.0 million. The additional equity was used for general corporate purposes, including funding regulatory capital infusions into the Bank.
In January 2014, we completed an offering of 1.9 million shares of our common stock. Net proceeds from the sale totaled $106.5 million. On January 31, 2014, the Bank issued $175.0 million of subordinated notes in an offering to institutional investors exempt from registration under Section 3(a)(2)"Governance Documents" section of the Securities Act of 1933 and 12 C.F.R. Part 16. Net proceeds from the transaction were $172.4 million. The notes mature in January 2026 and bear interest at a rate of 5.25% per annum, payable semi-annually. The notes are unsecured and are subordinate to the Bank’s obligations to its depositors, its obligations under banker’s acceptances and letters of credit, certain obligations to Federal Reserve Banks and the FDIC and the Bank’s obligations to its other creditors, except any obligations which expressly rank on a parity with or junior to the notes. The notes qualify as Tier 2 capital for regulatory capital purposes, subject to applicable limitations. The net proceeds of both offerings were used by the Company for general corporate purposes, including retirement of $15.0 million of short-term debt that was outstanding at December 31, 2013, and additional capital to support continued loan growth.

49Company’s website at: http://investors.texascapitalbank.com/govdocs.



On November 12, 2014, we completed a sale of 2.5 million shares of our common stock in a public offering. Net proceeds from the sale totaled $149.6 million. The additional equity was used for general corporate purposes and additional capital to support continued loan growth.
In July 2013, the Federal Reserve published final rules for the adoption of the Basel III regulatory capital framework (the "Basel III Capital Rules"). The Basel III Capital Rules, among other things, (i) introduced a new capital measure called "Common Equity Tier 1" ("CET1"), (ii) specified that Tier 1 capital consist of CET1 and "Additional Tier 1 Capital" instruments meeting specified requirements, (iii) defined CET1 narrowly by requiring that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital and (iv) expanded the scope of the deductions/adjustments as compared to existing regulations. The Basel III Capital Rules became effective for us on January 1, 2015 with certain transition provisions fully phased in on January 1, 2019.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of CET1, Tier 1 and total capital to risk-weighted assets, each as defined in the regulations. Management believes, as of December 31, 2015, that the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.
Financial institutions are categorized as well capitalized or adequately capitalized, based on minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based CET1 and Tier 1 leverage ratios. As shown in the table below, the Company’s capital ratios exceed the regulatory definition of adequately capitalized as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. Based upon the information in its most recently filed call report, the Bank met the capital ratios necessary to be well capitalized. The regulatory authorities can apply changes in classification of assets retroactively and such changes may cause the Company to retroactively change its capital ratios. Any such change could result in reducing one or more capital ratios below well capitalized status. In addition, a change may result in imposition of additional assessments by the FDIC or could result in regulatory actions that could have a material effect on our condition and results of operations.

50



Our actual and minimum required capital amounts and actual ratios are as follows (in thousands, except percentage data):
 Regulatory Capital Adequacy
 December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014
  
Amount Ratio Amount Ratio
CET1       
Company       
     Actual$1,455,662
 7.47% $1,312,225
 7.89%
     Minimum required876,563
 4.50% 748,445
 4.50%
     Excess above minimum579,099
 2.97% 563,780
 3.39%
Bank       
     Actual1,522,729
 7.82% 1,263,569
 7.60%
     To be well-capitalized1,265,819
 6.50% 1,080,809
 6.50%
     Minimum required876,336
 4.50% 748,252
 4.50%
     Excess above well-capitalized256,910
 1.32% 182,760
 1.10%
     Excess above minimum646,393
 3.32% 515,317
 3.10%
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)       
Company       
Actual$2,152,292
 11.05% $1,967,021
 11.83%
Minimum required1,558,334
 8.00% 1,330,568
 8.00%
Excess above minimum593,958
 3.05% 636,453
 3.83%
Bank       
Actual$2,058,359
 10.57% $1,757,365
 10.57%
To be well-capitalized1,947,414
 10.00% 1,662,782
 10.00%
Minimum required1,557,931
 8.00% 1,330,226
 8.00%
Excess above well-capitalized110,945
 0.57% 94,583
 0.57%
Excess above minimum500,428
 2.57% 427,139
 2.57%
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)       
Company       
Actual$1,716,170
 8.81% $1,573,007
 9.46%
Minimum required1,168,751
 6.00% 665,284
 4.00%
Excess above minimum547,419
 2.81% 907,723
 5.46%
Bank       
Actual$1,683,237
 8.64% $1,424,351
 8.57%
To be well-capitalized1,557,931
 8.00% 997,669
 6.00%
Minimum required1,168,448
 6.00% 665,113
 4.00%
Excess above well-capitalized125,306
 0.64% 426,682
 2.57%
Excess above minimum514,789
 2.64% 759,238
 4.57%
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)       
Company       
Actual$1,716,170
 8.92% $1,573,007
 10.76%
Minimum required769,258
 4.00% 584,765
 4.00%
Excess above minimum946,912
 4.92% 988,242
 6.76%
Bank       
Actual$1,683,237
 8.75% $1,424,351
 9.75%
To be well-capitalized961,873
 5.00% 730,746
 5.00%
Minimum required769,498
 4.00% 584,597
 4.00%
Excess above well-capitalized721,364
 3.75% 693,605
 4.75%
Excess above minimum913,739
 4.75% 839,754
 5.75%

51



Our mortgage finance loan volumes can increase significantly at month-end, causing a meaningful difference between ending balance and average balance for any period. At December 31, 2015, our total mortgage finance loans were $5.0 billion compared to the average for the year ended December 31, 2015 of $4.0 billion. As CET1, Tier 1 and total capital ratios are calculated using quarter-end risk-weighted assets and our mortgage finance loans are 100% risk-weighted, the quarter-end fluctuation in these balances can significantly impact our reported ratios. Due to the actual risk profile and liquidity of this asset class, we manage capital allocated to mortgage finance loans based on changing trends in average balances and do not believe that the quarter-end balance is representative of risk characteristics that would justify higher allocations. However, we continue to carefully monitor our capital allocation to confirm that all capital levels remain above well-capitalized.
Dividends that may be paid by subsidiary banks are routinely restricted by various regulatory authorities. The amount that can be paid in any calendar year without prior approval of the Bank's regulatory agencies cannot exceed the lesser of the net profits (as defined) for that year plus the net profits for the preceding two calendar years, or retained earnings. The Basel III Capital Rules further limit the amount of dividends that may be paid by our Bank. No dividends were declared or paid on our common stock during the years ended December 31, 2015 or 2014.
Commitments and Contractual ObligationsAudit Committee
The following table presents, as of December 31, 2015, significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations to third parties by payment date. Payments for borrowings do not include interest. Payments related to leases are based on actual payments specified in the underlying contracts. Further discussion of the nature of each obligation is included in the referenced note to the consolidated financial statements elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
(In thousands)
Note
Reference
 
Within One
Year
 
After One But
Within Three
Years
 
After Three
But Within
Five Years
 
After
Five
Years
 Total
Deposits without a stated maturity(1)8
 $14,557,124
 $
 $
 $
 $14,557,124
Time deposits(1)8
 502,113
 19,784
 5,598
 
 527,495
Federal funds purchased and customer repurchase agreements(1)9
 143,051
 
 
 
 143,051
FHLB borrowings(1)9
 700,000
 800,000
 
 
 1,500,000
Operating lease obligations(1)(2)17
 15,572
 31,299
 29,846
 39,060
 115,777
Subordinated notes(1)9
 
 
 
 286,000
 286,000
Trust preferred subordinated debentures(1)9, 10
 
 
 
 113,406
 113,406
Total contractual obligations(1)  $15,917,860
 $851,083
 $35,444
 $438,466
 $17,242,853
(1)Excludes interest.
(2)Non-balance sheet item.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
In addition to the off-balance sheet obligations described under the caption "Loans Held for Sale," we have the following off-balance sheet contractual obligations as of December 31, 2015 (in thousands):
 
Within
One Year
 
After One But
Within Three
Years
 
After Three
But Within
Five Years
 
After Five
Years
 Total
Commitments to extend credit$1,652,674
 $2,631,076
 $1,083,780
 $174,833
 $5,542,363
Standby and commercial letters of credit146,731
 30,903
 4,585
 
 182,219
Total financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk$1,799,405
 $2,661,979
 $1,088,365
 $174,833
 $5,724,582
Due to the nature of our unfunded loan commitments, including unfunded lines of credit, the amounts presented in the table above do not necessarily represent amounts that we anticipate funding in the periods presented above.
Critical Accounting Policies
SEC guidance requires disclosure of “critical accounting policies.” The SEC defines “critical accounting policies” as those that are most important to the presentation of a company’s financial condition and results, and require management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.

52



We follow financial accounting and reporting policies that are in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The more significant of these policies are summarized in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. Not all significant accounting policies require management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments. However, the policy noted below could be deemed to meet the SEC’s definition of a critical accounting policy.
Management considers the policies related to the allowance for loan losses as the most critical to the financial statement presentation. The total allowance for loan losses includes activity related to allowances calculated in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 310, Receivables, and ASC 450, Contingencies. The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses charged to current earnings. The amount maintained in the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of the loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is comprised of specific reserves assigned to certain classified loans and general reserves. Factors contributing to the determination of specific reserves include the creditworthiness of the borrower, and more specifically, changes in the expected future receipt of principal and interest payments and/or in the value of pledged collateral. A reserve is recorded when the carrying amount of the loan exceeds the discounted estimated cash flows using the loan’s initial effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral for certain collateral dependent loans. For purposes of determining the general allowance, the portfolio is segregated by product types in order to recognize differing risk profiles among categories, and then further segregated by credit grades. See “Summary of Loan Loss Experience” and Note 3 – Loans Held for Investment and Allowance for Loan Losses in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for further discussion of the risk factors considered by management in establishing the allowance for loan losses.
New Accounting Standards
See Note 23 – New Accounting Standards in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for details of recently issued accounting pronouncements and their expected impact on our financial statements.
ITEM 7A.QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK
Market risk is a broad term for the risk of economic loss due to adverse changes in the fair value of a financial instrument. These changes may be the result of various factors, including interest rates, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices, or equity prices. Additionally, the financial instruments subject to market risk can be classified either as held for trading purposes or held for other than trading.
We are subject to market risk primarily through the effect of changes in interest rates on our portfolio of assets held for purposes other than trading. Additionally, we have some market risk relative to commodity prices through our energy lending activities. Petroleum and natural gas commodity prices declined substantially during 2014, and prices have continued to be suppressed through 2015. Such declines in commodity prices, if sustained or continued, have and could continue to negatively impact our energy clients' ability to perform on their loan obligations. Management does not currently expect the current decline in commodity prices to have a material adverse effect on our financial position. Foreign exchange rates, commodity prices and/or equity prices do not pose significant market risk to us.
The responsibility for managing market risk rests with the Balance Sheet ManagementAudit Committee (“BSMC”), which operates under policy guidelines established by our board of directors. The negative acceptable variation in net interest revenue due to a 200 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates is generally limited by these guidelines to plus or minus 5%. These guidelines also establish maximum levels for short-term borrowings, short-term assets and public and brokered deposits. The BSMC also establishes minimum levels for unpledged assets, among other things. Compliance with these guidelines is the ongoing responsibility of the BSMC, with exceptions reported to our board of directors on a quarterly basis. Additionally, the Credit Policy Committee ("CPC") specifically manages risk relative to commodity price market risks. The CPC establishes maximum portfolio concentration levels for energy loans as well as maximum advance rates for energy collateral.

Interest Rate Risk Management
Our interest rate sensitivity is illustrated in the following table. The table reflects rate-sensitive positions as of December 31, 2015, and is not necessarily indicative of positions on other dates. The balances of interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities are presented in the periods in which they next reprice to market rates or mature and are aggregated to show the interest rate sensitivity gap. The mismatch between repricings or maturities within a time period is commonly referred to as the “gap” for that period. A positive gap (asset sensitive), where interest rate-sensitive assets exceed interest rate sensitive liabilities, generally will result in the net interest margin increasing in a rising rate environment and decreasing in a falling rate environment. A negative gap (liability sensitive) will generally have the opposite results on the net interest margin. To reflect anticipated prepayments, certain asset and liability categories are shown in the table using estimated cash flows rather than contractual cash flows. The Company employs interest rate floors in certain variable rate loans to enhance the yield on those loans at times when market interest rates are extraordinarily low. The degree of asset sensitivity, spreads on loans and net

53



interest margin may be reduced until rates increase by an amount sufficient to eliminate the effects of floors. The adverse effect of floors as market rates increase may also be offset by the positive gap, the extent to which rates on deposits and other funding sources lag increasing market rates and changes in composition of funding.
Interest Rate Sensitivity Gap Analysis
December 31, 2015
(in thousands)
0-3 mo
Balance
 
4-12 mo
Balance
 
1-3 yr
Balance
 
3+ yr
Balance
 
Total
Balance
Assets:         
Securities(1)$8,570
 $8,062
 $4,470
 $8,890
 $29,992
Total variable loans14,881,753
 42,608
 
 
 14,924,361
Total fixed loans375,794
 963,635
 378,388
 213,037
 1,930,854
Total loans(2)15,257,547
 1,006,243
 378,388
 213,037
 16,855,215
Total interest sensitive assets$15,266,117
 $1,014,305
 $382,858
 $221,927
 $16,885,207
Liabilities         
Interest-bearing customer deposits$8,170,213
 $
 $
 $
 $8,170,213
CDs & IRAs266,124
 235,989
 19,784
 5,598
 527,495
Total interest-bearing deposits8,436,337
 235,989
 19,784
 5,598
 8,697,708
Repurchase agreements, Federal funds purchased, FHLB borrowings843,051
 800,000
 
 
 1,643,051
Subordinated notes
 
 
 286,000
 286,000
Trust preferred subordinated debentures
 
 
 113,406
 113,406
Total borrowings843,051
 800,000
 
 399,406
 2,042,457
Total interest sensitive liabilities$9,279,388
 $1,035,989
 $19,784
 $405,004
 $10,740,165
GAP$5,986,729
 $(21,684) $363,074
 $(183,077) $
Cumulative GAP5,986,729
 5,965,045
 6,328,119
 6,145,042
 6,145,042
          
Demand deposits        $6,386,911
Stockholders’ equity        1,623,533
Total        $8,010,444
(1)Securities based on fair market value.
(2)Loans are stated at gross.
The table above sets forth the balances as of December 31, 2015 for interest-bearing assets, interest-bearing liabilities, and the total of non-interest-bearing deposits and stockholders’ equity. While a gap interest table is useful in analyzing interest rate sensitivity, an interest rate sensitivity simulation provides a better illustration of the sensitivity of earnings to changes in interest rates. Earnings are also affected by the effects of changing interest rates on the value of funding derived from demand deposits and stockholders’ equity. We perform a sensitivity analysis to identify interest rate risk exposure on net interest income. We quantify and measure interest rate risk exposure using a model to dynamically simulate the effect of changes in net interest income relative to changes in interest rates and account balances over the next twelve months based on three interest rate scenarios. These are a “most likely” rate scenario and two “shock test” scenarios.
The “most likely” rate scenario is based on the consensus forecast of future interest rates published by independent sources. These forecasts incorporate future spot rates and relevant spreads of instruments that are actively traded in the open market. The Federal Reserve’s Federal funds target affects short-term borrowing; the prime lending rate and the LIBOR are the basis for most of our variable-rate loan pricing. The 10-year mortgage rate is also monitored because of its effect on prepayment speeds for mortgage-backed securities. These are our primary interest rate exposures. We are currently not using derivatives to manage our interest rate exposure.
The two “shock test” scenarios assume a sustained parallel 100 and 200 basis point increase in interest rates. As short-term rates have remained low through 2015, we do not believe that analysis of an assumed decrease in interest rates would provide

54



meaningful results. We will continue to evaluate these scenarios as interest rates change, until short-term rates rise above 3.0%, at which point we will resume evaluations of shock scenarios in which interest rates decrease.
Our interest rate risk exposure model incorporates assumptions regarding the level of interest rate or balance changes on indeterminable maturity deposits (demand deposits, interest-bearing transaction accounts and savings accounts) for a given level of market rate changes. These assumptions have been developed through a combination of historical analysis and future expected pricing behavior. Changes in prepayment behavior of mortgage-backed securities, residential and commercial mortgage loans in each rate environment are captured using industry estimates of prepayment speeds for various coupon segments of the portfolio. The impact of planned growth and new business activities is factored into the simulation model. This modeling indicated interest rate sensitivity as follows (in thousands):
 
Anticipated Impact Over the Next
Twelve Months as Compared to Most Likely Scenario
  
December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014
 100 bp Increase 200 bp Increase 100 bp Increase 200 bp Increase
        
Change in net interest income$85,334
 $178,066
 $61,615
 $133,822
The simulations used to manage market risk are based on numerous assumptions regarding the effect of changes in interest rates on the timing and extent of repricing characteristics, future cash flows and customer behavior. These assumptions are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the model cannot precisely estimate net interest income or precisely predict the impact of higher or lower interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and management strategies, among other factors.

55



ITEM 8.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Page
Reference

56



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income and other comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated February 18, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.


 
Dallas, Texas
February 18, 2016



57



TEXAS CAPITAL BANCSHARES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 December 31,
(in thousands except per share data)2015 2014
Assets   
Cash and due from banks$109,496
 $96,524
Interest-bearing deposits1,626,374
 1,233,990
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements55,000
 
Securities, available-for-sale29,992
 41,719
Loans held for sale, at fair value86,075
 
Loans held for investment, mortgage finance4,966,276
 4,102,125
Loans held for investment (net of unearned income)11,745,674
 10,154,887
Less: Allowance for loan losses141,111
 100,954
Loans held for investment, net16,570,839
 14,156,058
Mortgage servicing rights, net423
 
Premises and equipment, net23,561
 23,135
Accrued interest receivable and other assets387,419
 333,699
Goodwill and intangible assets, net19,960
 20,588
Total assets$18,909,139
 $15,905,713
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity   
Liabilities:   
Deposits:   
Non-interest-bearing$6,386,911
 $5,011,619
Interest-bearing8,697,708
 7,348,972
Interest-bearing in foreign branches
 312,709
Total deposits15,084,619
 12,673,300
Accrued interest payable5,097
 4,747
Other liabilities153,433
 151,389
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements143,051
 92,676
Other borrowings1,500,000
 1,100,005
Subordinated notes286,000
 286,000
Trust preferred subordinated debentures113,406
 113,406
Total liabilities17,285,606
 14,421,523
Stockholders’ equity:   
Preferred stock, $.01 par value, $1,000 liquidation value:   
Authorized shares—10,000,000   
Issued shares—6,000,000 shares issued at December 31, 2015 and 2014150,000
 150,000
Common stock, $.01 par value:   
Authorized shares—100,000,000   
Issued shares—45,874,224 and 45,735,424 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively459
 457
Additional paid-in capital714,546
 709,738
Retained earnings757,818
 622,714
Treasury stock (shares at cost: 417 at December 31, 2015 and 2014)(8) (8)
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes718
 1,289
Total stockholders’ equity1,623,533
 1,484,190
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$18,909,139
 $15,905,713
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

58



TEXAS CAPITAL BANCSHARES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND OTHER
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 Year ended December 31,
(In thousands except per share data)2015 2014 2013
Interest income     
Interest and fees on loans$594,729
 $511,606
 $441,314
Securities1,254
 1,828
 3,015
Federal funds sold682
 207
 65
Deposits in other banks6,293
 906
 231
Total interest income602,958
 514,547
 444,625
Interest expense     
Deposits24,578
 18,145
 14,030
Federal funds purchased284
 373
 686
Repurchase agreements19
 17
 18
Other borrowings2,232
 356
 515
Subordinated notes16,764
 16,202
 7,327
Trust preferred subordinated debentures2,551
 2,489
 2,536
Total interest expense46,428
 37,582
 25,112
Net interest income556,530
 476,965
 419,513
Provision for credit losses53,250
 22,000
 19,000
Net interest income after provision for credit losses503,280
 454,965
 400,513
Non-interest income     
Service charges on deposit accounts8,323
 7,253
 6,783
Trust fee income5,022
 4,937
 5,023
Bank owned life insurance (BOLI) income2,011
 2,067
 1,917
Brokered loan fees18,661
 13,981
 16,980
Swap fees4,275
 2,992
 5,520
Other9,446
 11,281
 7,801
Total non-interest income47,738
 42,511
 44,024
Non-interest expense     
Salaries and employee benefits192,610
 169,051
 157,752
Net occupancy expense23,182
 20,866
 16,821
Marketing16,491
 15,989
 16,203
Legal and professional22,150
 21,182
 18,104
Communications and technology21,425
 18,667
 13,762
FDIC insurance assessment17,231
 10,919
 8,057
Other33,434
 28,440
 26,030
Total non-interest expense326,523
 285,114
 256,729
Income before income taxes224,495
 212,362
 187,808
Income tax expense79,641
 76,010
 66,757
Net income144,854
 136,352
 121,051
Preferred stock dividends9,750
 9,750
 7,394
Net income available to common stockholders$135,104
 $126,602
 $113,657
Other comprehensive gain (loss)     
Change in unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities arising during period, before tax$(877) $(522) $(2,529)
Income tax benefit related to unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities(306) (183) (885)
Other comprehensive loss net of tax(571) (339) (1,644)
Comprehensive income$144,283
 $136,013
 $119,407
Basic earnings per common share$2.95
 $2.93
 $2.78
Diluted earnings per common share$2.91
 $2.88
 $2.72
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

59



TEXAS CAPITAL BANCSHARES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 Preferred Stock Common Stock Additional   Treasury Stock 
Accumulated
Other
  
 Paid-in Retained Comprehensive  
(In thousands except share data)Shares Amount Shares Amount Capital Earnings Shares Amount Income Total
Balance at December 31, 2012
 $
 40,727,996
 $407
 $450,116
 $382,455
 (417) $(8) $3,272
 $836,242
Comprehensive income:                   
Net income
 
 
 
 
 121,051
 
 
 
 121,051
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities, net of taxes of $885
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (1,644) (1,644)
Total comprehensive income                  119,407
Tax expense related to exercise of stock-based awards
 
 
 
 1,200
 
 
 
 
 1,200
Stock-based compensation expense recognized in earnings
 
 
 
 4,118
 
 
 
 
 4,118
Issuance of preferred stock6,000,000
 150,000
 
 
 (5,013) 
 
 
 
 144,987
Preferred stock dividend
 
 
 
 
 (7,394) 
 
 
 (7,394)
Issuance of stock related to stock-based awards
 
 272,452
 3
 (2,253) 
 
 
 
 (2,250)
Issuance of common stock
 
 36,339
 
 40
 
 
 
 
 40
Balance at December 31, 20136,000,000
 150,000
 41,036,787
 410
 448,208
 496,112
 (417) (8) 1,628
 1,096,350
Comprehensive income:                   
Net income
 
 
 
 
 136,352
 
 
 
 136,352
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities, net of taxes of $183
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (339) (339)
Total comprehensive income                  136,013
Tax expense related to exercise of stock-based awards
 
 
 
 2,929
 
 
 
 
 2,929
Stock-based compensation expense recognized in earnings
 
 
 
 4,628
 
 
 
 
 4,628
Preferred stock dividend
 
 
 
 
 (9,750) 
 
 
 (9,750)
Issuance of stock related to stock-based awards
 
 201,280
 2
 (2,205) 
 
 
 
 (2,203)
Issuance of common stock
 
 4,398,128
 44
 256,179
 
 
 
 
 256,223
Issuance of stock related to warrants
 
 99,229
 1
 (1) 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 20146,000,000
 150,000
 45,735,424
 457
 709,738
 622,714
 (417) (8) 1,289
 1,484,190
Comprehensive income:                   
Net income
 
 
 
 
 144,854
 
 
 
 144,854
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities, net of taxes of $306
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (571) (571)
Total comprehensive income                  144,283
Tax expense related to exercise of stock-based awards
 
 
 
 1,452
 
 
 
 
 1,452
Stock-based compensation expense recognized in earnings
 
 
 
 4,597
 
 
 
 
 4,597
Preferred stock dividend
 
 
 
 
 (9,750) 
 
 
 (9,750)
Issuance of common stock related to stock-based awards
 
 138,800
 2
 (1,241) 
 
 
 
 (1,239)
Balance at December 31, 20156,000,000
 $150,000
 45,874,224
 $459
 $714,546
 $757,818
 (417) $(8) $718
 $1,623,533
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

60



TEXAS CAPITAL BANCSHARES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 Year ended December 31,
(In thousands)2015 2014 2013
Operating activities     
Net income$144,854
 $136,352
 $121,051
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:     
Provision for credit losses53,250
 22,000
 19,000
Deferred tax expense (benefit)(3,561) (3,969) (11,599)
Depreciation and amortization16,495
 14,798
 11,480
Amortization of securities
 
 22
BOLI income(2,011) (2,067) (1,917)
Stock-based compensation expense12,304
 14,577
 20,953
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements(1,499) (2,929) (1,200)
Purchases of loans held for sale(127,002) 
 
Proceeds from sales and repayments of loans held for sale40,927
 
 
Capitalization of mortgage servicing rights(437) 
 
(Gain) loss on sale of assets179
 (822) (931)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:     
Accrued interest receivable and other assets(61,002) (58,579) 31,010
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities(3,554) 38,366
 3,508
Net cash provided by operating activities68,943
 157,727
 191,377
Investing activities     
Purchases of available-for-sale securities
 
 (2)
Maturities and calls of available-for-sale securities2,430
 11,150
 15,890
Principal payments received on available-for-sale securities8,419
 9,822
 18,542
Originations of mortgage finance loans(86,342,672) (58,090,177) (51,087,328)
Proceeds from pay-offs of mortgage finance loans85,478,521
 56,772,317
 51,478,335
Net increase in loans held for investment, excluding mortgage finance loans(1,603,880) (1,676,927) (1,706,505)
Purchase of premises and equipment, net(5,034) (15,732) (4,029)
Proceeds from sale of foreclosed assets1,430
 5,877
 11,667
Cash paid for acquisition
 
 (2,445)
Net cash used in investing activities(2,460,786) (2,983,670) (1,275,875)
Financing activities     
Net increase in deposits2,411,319
 3,415,921
 1,816,575
Costs from issuance of stock related to stock-based awards and warrants(1,239) (2,203) (2,210)
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock
 256,223
 
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
 
 144,987
Preferred dividends paid(9,750) (9,750) (6,960)
Net increase (decrease) in other borrowings399,995
 244,979
 (797,002)
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements1,499
 2,929
 1,200
Net increase (decrease) in Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements50,375
 (77,928) (124,529)
Issuance of subordinated notes
 172,375
 
Net cash provided by financing activities2,852,199
 4,002,546
 1,032,061
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents460,356
 1,176,603
 (52,437)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period1,330,514
 153,911
 206,348
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$1,790,870
 $1,330,514
 $153,911
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:     
Cash paid during the period for interest$46,078
 $33,584
 $24,962
Cash paid during the period for income taxes87,450
 74,998
 77,635
Transfers from loans/leases to OREO and other repossessed assets1,267
 851
 1,331
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

61



(1) Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Organization and Nature of Business
Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. (the "Company”), a Delaware corporation, was incorporated in November 1996 and commenced banking operations in December 1998. The consolidated financial statements of the Company include the accounts of Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Texas Capital Bank, National Association (the "Bank”). We serve the needs of commercial businesses and successful professionals and entrepreneurs located in Texas as well as operate several lines of business serving a regional or national clientele of commercial borrowers. We are primarily a secured lender, with our greatest concentration of loans in Texas.
Basis of Presentation
Our accounting and reporting policies conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("GAAP") and to generally accepted practices within the banking industry. Certain prior period balances have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The allowance for loan losses, the fair value of stock-based compensation awards, the fair values of financial instruments and the status of contingencies are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash equivalents include amounts due from banks, interest-bearing deposits and Federal funds sold.
Securities
Securities are classified as trading, available-for-sale or held-to-maturity. Management classifies securities at the time of purchase and re-assesses such designation at each balance sheet date; however, transfers between categories from this re-assessment are rare.
Trading Account
Securities acquired for resale in anticipation of short-term market movements are classified as trading, with realized and unrealized gains and losses recognized in income. To date, we have not had any activity in our trading account.
Available-for-Sale
Debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity when we have the positive intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity. Held-to-maturity securities are stated at amortized cost. Debt securities not classified as held-to-maturity or trading and marketable equity securities not classified as trading are classified as available-for-sale.
Available-for-sale securities are stated at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses reported in a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax. The amortized cost of debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity, or in the case of mortgage-backed securities, over the estimated life of the security. Such amortization and accretion is included in interest income from securities. Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other-than-temporary are included in gain (loss) on sale of securities. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method.
All securities are available-for-sale as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.
Loans
Loans Held for Sale
Through our MCA program, we commit to purchase residential mortgage loans from independent correspondent lenders and deliver those loans into the secondary market via whole loan sales to independent third parties or in securitization transactions to GSEs such as Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae. In some cases, we retain the mortgage servicing rights. Once purchased, these loans are classified as held for sale and are carried at fair value pursuant to our election of the fair value option in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 825, Financial Instruments ("ASC 825"). At the commitment date, we enter into a corresponding forward sale commitment with a third party, typically a GSE, to deliver the loans within a specified timeframe. The estimated gain/loss for the entire transaction (from initial purchase commitment to final delivery of loans) is recorded as an asset or liability. Fair value is derived from observable current market prices, when available, and includes the

62



fair value of the mortgage servicing rights. Adjustments to reflect unrealized gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value and realized gains and losses upon ultimate sale of the loans are classified as other non-interest income in the consolidated statements of income and other comprehensive income.
Loans Held for Investment
Loans held for investment (which include equipment leases accounted for as financing leases) are stated at the amount of unpaid principal reduced by deferred income (net of costs). Interest on loans is recognized using the simple-interest method on the daily balances of the principal amounts outstanding. Loan origination fees, net of direct loan origination costs, and commitment fees, are deferred and amortized as an adjustment to yield over the life of the loan, or over the commitment period, as applicable.
A loan held for investment is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due (both principal and interest) according to the terms of the loan agreement. Reserves on impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the underlying collateral, less cost to sell. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when a confirmed loss exists.
The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when there is a clear indication that the borrower’s cash flow may not be sufficient to meet payments as they become due, which is generally when a loan is 90 days past due. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all previously accrued and unpaid interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized on a cash basis as long as the remaining book balance of the asset is deemed to be collectible. If collectability is questionable, then cash payments are applied to principal. A loan is placed back on accrual status when both principal and interest are current and it is probable that we will be able to collect all amounts due (both principal and interest) according to the terms of the loan agreement.
Loans held for investment includes legal ownership interests in mortgage loans that we purchase through our mortgage warehouse lending division. The ownership interests are purchased from unaffiliated mortgage originators who are seeking additional funding through sale of the undivided ownership interests to facilitate their ability to originate loans. The mortgage originator has no obligation to offer and we have no obligation to purchase these interests. The originator closes mortgage loans consistent with underwriting standards established by approved investors, and, at the time of the sale to the investor, our ownership interest and that of the originator are delivered by us to the investor selected by the originator and approved by us. We typically purchase up to a 99% ownership interest in each mortgage with the originator owning the remaining percentage. These mortgage ownership interests are held by us for a period of less than 30 days and more typically 10-20 days. Because of conditions in agreements with originators designed to reduce transaction risks, under ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets (“ASC 860”), the ownership interests do not qualify as participating interests. Under ASC 860, the ownership interests are deemed to be loans to the originators and payments we receive from investors are deemed to be payments made by or on behalf of the originator to repay the loan deemed made to the originator. Because we have an actual, legal ownership interest in the underlying residential mortgage loan, these interests are not extensions of credit to the originators that are secured by the mortgage loans as collateral.
Due to market conditions or events of default by the investor or the originator, we could be required to purchase the remaining interests in the mortgage loans and hold them beyond the expected 10-20 days. Mortgage loans acquired under these conditions would require mark-to-market adjustments to income and could require future allocations of the allowance for loan losses or be subject to charge off in the event the loans become impaired. Mortgage loan interests purchased and disposed of as expected receive no allocation of the allowance for loan losses due to the minimal loss experience with these assets.
Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses is comprised of specific reserves for impaired loans and an estimate of losses inherent in the portfolio at the balance sheet date, but not yet identified with specified loans. We regularly evaluate our allowance for loan losses to maintain an appropriate level to absorb estimated loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Factors contributing to the determination of the allowance include the creditworthiness of the borrower, changes in the value of pledged collateral, and general economic conditions. All loan commitments rated substandard or worse and greater than $500,000 are specifically reviewed for loss potential. For loans deemed to be impaired, a specific allocation is assigned based on the losses expected to be realized from those loans. For purposes of determining the general reserve, the portfolio is segregated by product types to recognize differing risk profiles among categories, and then further segregated by credit grades. Credit grades are assigned to all loans. Each credit grade is assigned a risk factor, or reserve allocation percentage. These risk factors are multiplied by the outstanding principal balance and risk-weighted by product type to calculate the required reserve. A similar process is employed to calculate a reserve assigned to off-balance sheet commitments, specifically unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit, and any needed reserve is recorded in other liabilities. Even though portions of the allowance may be allocated to specific loans, the entire allowance is available for any credit that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off.

63



We have several pass credit grades that are assigned to loans based on varying levels of risk, ranging from credits that are secured by cash or marketable securities, to watch credits which have all the characteristics of an acceptable credit risk but warrant more than the normal level of monitoring. Within our criticized/classified credit grades are special mention, substandard, and doubtful. Special mention loans are those that are currently protected by the sound worth and paying capacity of the borrower, but that are potentially weak and constitute an additional credit risk. The loan has the potential to deteriorate to a substandard grade due to the existence of financial or administrative deficiencies. Substandard loans have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Some substandard loans are inappropriately protected by sound worth and paying capacity of the borrower and of the collateral pledged and may be considered impaired. Substandard loans can be accruing or can be on non-accrual depending on the circumstances of the individual loans. Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in substandard loans with the added characteristics that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full highly questionable and improbable. The possibility of loss is extremely high. All doubtful loans are on non-accrual.
The allowance allocation percentages assigned to each credit grade have been developed based primarily on an analysis of our historical loss rates. The allocations are adjusted for certain qualitative factors, including general economic conditions, changes in credit policies and lending standards. Changes in the trend and severity of problem loans can cause the estimation of losses to differ from past experience. In addition, the allowance considers the results of reviews performed by independent third party reviewers as reflected in their confirmations of assigned credit grades within the portfolio. The portion of the allowance that is not derived by the allowance allocation percentages compensates for the uncertainty and complexity in estimating loan and lease losses including factors and conditions that may not be fully reflected in the determination and application of the allowance allocation percentages. Examples of risks that support the Bank's maintaining an additional qualitative reserve include the possibility of precipitous negative changes in economic conditions and borrowers' submission of financial statements or certifications of collateral value that subsequently prove to be materially inaccurate for reason of either misstatement or omission of critical information. These situations, while not common, do not necessarily correlate well with the general risk profile presented by assigned credit grade and product type categories. We evaluate many such factors and conditions in determining the additional qualitative portion of the allowance, including amount and frequency of losses attributable to issues not specifically addressed or included in the determination and application of the allowance allocation percentages.
The methodology used in the periodic review of the appropriateness of the allowance, which is performed at least quarterly, is designed to be dynamic and responsive to changes in portfolio credit quality. The changes are reflected in the general allowance and in specific reserves as the collectability of larger classified loans is evaluated with new information. As our portfolio has matured, historical loss ratios have been closely monitored, and our reserve adequacy relies primarily on our loss history. The review of the appropriateness of the allowance is performed by executive management and presented to a committee of our board of directors for their review. The committee reports to the board as part of the board's review on a quarterly basis of the Company's consolidated financial statements.
Other Real Estate Owned
Other real estate owned (“OREO”), which is included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet, consists of real estate that has been foreclosed. Real estate that has been foreclosed is recorded at the fair value of the real estate, less selling costs, through a charge to the allowance for loan losses, if necessary. Subsequent write-downs required for declines in value are recorded through a valuation allowance, or taken directly to the asset, charged to other non-interest expense.
Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from three to ten years. Gains or losses on disposals of premises and equipment are included in results of operations.
Marketing and Software
Marketing costs are expensed as incurred. Ongoing maintenance and enhancements of websites are expensed as incurred. Costs incurred in connection with development or purchase of internal use software are capitalized and amortized over a period not to exceed five years. Internal use software costs are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Intangible assets are acquired assets that lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights or because the asset is capable of being sold or exchanged either on its own or in combination with a related contract, asset, or liability. Our intangible assets relate primarily to loan customer relationships. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized on an accelerated basis over their estimated life. Goodwill and intangible assets are tested for

64



impairment during the fourth quarter on an annual basis or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.
Segment Reporting
We have determined that all of our lending divisions and subsidiaries meet the aggregation criteria of ASC 280, Segment Reporting, since all offer similar products and services, operate with similar processes, and have similar customers.
Stock-based Compensation
We account for all stock-based compensation transactions in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”), which requires that stock compensation transactions be recognized as compensation expense in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income based on their fair values on the measurement date, which is the date of the grant.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
Unrealized gains or losses on our available-for-sale securities (after applicable income tax expense or benefit) are included in accumulated other comprehensive income, net. Accumulated comprehensive income (loss), net for the three years ended December 31, 2015 is reported in the accompanying consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity and consolidated statements of income and other comprehensive income.
Income Taxes
The Company and its subsidiary file a consolidated federal income tax return. We utilize the liability method in accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the difference between the values of the assets and liabilities as reflected in the financial statements and their related tax basis using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to be recovered or settled. As changes in tax law or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. A valuation reserve is provided against deferred tax assets unless it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will be realized.
Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Common Share
Basic earnings per common share is based on net income available to common stockholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period excluding non-vested stock. Diluted earnings per common share include the dilutive effect of stock options and non-vested stock awards granted using the treasury stock method. A reconciliation of the weighted-average shares used in calculating basic earnings per common share and the weighted average common shares used in calculating diluted earnings per common share for the reported periods is provided in Note 15 — Earnings Per Share.
Fair Values of Financial Instruments
ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”), defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP and enhances disclosures about fair value measurements. In general, fair values of financial instruments are based upon quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows.
Mortgage Servicing Rights
MSRs are created by selling purchased or originated mortgage loans with servicing rights retained. We identify classes of servicing rights based upon the nature of the underlying assumptions used to value the asset along with the risks associated with the underlying asset. Based upon these criteria we have one class of MSRs, residential.
Originated MSRs are recognized based on the estimated fair value of the mortgage loans and the related servicing rights at the date of sale using values derived from a valuation model managed by a third party. MSRs are amortized in proportion, and over the estimated life of the projected net servicing revenue and are periodically evaluated for impairment. MSRs are reported on the consolidated balance sheets at lower of cost or market. Loan servicing fee income represents income earned for servicing mortgage loans owned by investors and includes mortgage servicing fees and other ancillary servicing income. Servicing fees are recorded as income when earned and are reported in other non-interest income on the consolidated statements of income and other comprehensive income. For additional information on MSRs, see Note 5 - Certain Transfers of Financial Assets.

65



Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk
The Company has undertaken certain guarantee obligations in the ordinary course of business. These guarantees include liabilities with both balance sheet and off-balance sheet risk. We consider the following arrangements to be guarantees: commitments to extend credit, standby letters credit and indemnification agreements included within third party contractual arrangements. For additional information on commitments and contingencies, see Note 13 - Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk.
Derivative Financial Instruments
All contracts that satisfy the definition of a derivative are recorded at fair value in other assets and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. We record the derivatives on a net basis when a right of offset exists, based on transactions with a single counterparty that are subject to a legally enforceable master netting agreement. For additional information on derivative financial instruments, see Note 20 - Derivative Financial Instruments.

(2) Securities
The following is a summary of securities (in thousands):
 December 31, 2015
  
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Estimated
Fair
Value
Available-for-sale securities:       
Residential mortgage-backed securities$20,536
 $1,365
 $
 $21,901
Municipals828
 3
 
 831
Equity securities(1)7,522
 11
 (273) 7,260
 $28,886
 $1,379
 $(273) $29,992
 December 31, 2014
  
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Estimated
Fair
Value
Available-for-sale securities:       
Residential mortgage-backed securities$28,957
 $2,108
 $
 $31,065
Municipals3,257
 10
 
 3,267
Equity securities(1)7,522
 16
 (151) 7,387
 $39,736
 $2,134
 $(151) $41,719
(1)Equity securities consist of Community Reinvestment Act funds.
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities are presented below by contractual maturity (in thousands, except percentage data):
 December 31, 2015
  
Less Than
One Year
 
After One
Through
Five Years
 
After Five
Through
Ten Years
 
After Ten
Years
 Total
Available-for-sale:         
Residential mortgage-backed securities:(1)         
Amortized cost$214
 $4,655
 $4,265
 $11,402
 $20,536
Estimated fair value217
 4,837
 4,747
 12,100
 21,901
Weighted average yield(3)5.62% 4.71% 5.54% 2.53% 3.68%
Municipals:(2)         
Amortized cost265
 563
 
 
 828
Estimated fair value265
 566
 
 
 831
Weighted average yield(3)5.46% 5.69% % % 5.62%
Equity securities:(4)         
Amortized cost7,522
 
 
 
 7,522
Estimated fair value7,260
 
 
 
 7,260
Total available-for-sale securities:         
Amortized cost        $28,886
Estimated fair value        $29,992
 December 31, 2014
  
Less Than
One Year
 
After One
Through
Five Years
 
After Five
Through
Ten Years
 
After Ten
Years
 Total
Available-for-sale:         
Residential mortgage-backed securities:(1)         
Amortized cost$1
 $9,151
 $5,661
 $14,144
 $28,957
Estimated fair value1
 9,662
 6,333
 15,069
 31,065
Weighted average yield(3)6.50% 4.79% 5.54% 2.36% 3.75%
Municipals:(2)         
Amortized cost1,669
 1,588
 
 
 3,257
Estimated fair value1,674
 1,593
 
 
 3,267
Weighted average yield(3)5.78% 5.79% 
 
 5.79%
Equity securities:(4)         
Amortized cost7,522
 
 
 
 7,522
Estimated fair value7,387
 
 
 
 7,387
Total available-for-sale securities:         
Amortized cost        $39,736
Estimated fair value        $41,719
(1)Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties. The average expected life of the mortgage-backed securities was 0.8 years at December 31, 2015 and 1.2 years at December 31, 2014.
(2)Yields have been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis assuming a 35% federal tax rate.
(3)Yields are calculated based on amortized cost.

66



(4)These equity securities do not have a stated maturity.
Securities with carrying values of approximately $20.7 million and $32.7 million were pledged to secure certain borrowings and deposits at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. See Note 9 — Borrowing Arrangements for discussion of securities securing borrowings. Of the pledged securities at December 31, 2015 and 2014, approximately $6.6 million and $10.9 million, respectively, were pledged for certain deposits.
The following table discloses, as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, our investment securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months and those that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for 12 or more months (in thousands):
December 31, 2015Less Than 12 Months 12 Months or Longer Total
  
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Loss
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Loss
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Loss
            
Equity securities$
 $
 $6,227
 $(273) $6,227
 $(273)
            
December 31, 2014Less Than 12 Months 12 Months or Longer Total
  Fair
Value
 Unrealized
Loss
 Fair
Value
 Unrealized
Loss
 Fair
Value
 Unrealized
Loss
            
Equity securities$
 $
 $6,349
 $(151) $6,349
 $(151)
At December 31, 2015 and 2014, we owned one security with an unrealized loss position. This security is a publicly traded equity fund and is subject to market pricing volatility. We do not believe that this unrealized loss is “other than temporary.” We have evaluated the near-term prospects of the investment in relation to the severity and duration of the impairment and based on that evaluation have the ability and intent to hold the investment until recovery of fair value.
Unrealized gains or losses on our available-for-sale securities (after applicable income tax expense or benefit) are included in accumulated other comprehensive income, net. We had comprehensive income of $144.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and comprehensive income of $136.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.
(3) Loans Held for Investment and Allowance for Loan Losses
Loans held for investment are summarized by category as follows (in thousands):
 December 31,
  
2015 2014
Commercial$6,672,631
 $5,869,219
Mortgage finance4,966,276
 4,102,125
Construction1,851,717
 1,416,405
Real estate3,139,197
 2,807,127
Consumer25,323
 19,699
Equipment leases113,996
 99,495
Gross loans held for investment16,769,140
 14,314,070
Deferred income (net of direct origination costs)(57,190) (57,058)
Allowance for loan losses(141,111) (100,954)
Total loans held for investment$16,570,839
 $14,156,058
Commercial Loans and Leases.    Our commercial loan portfolio is comprised of lines of credit for working capital and term loans and leases to finance equipment and other business assets. Our energy production loans are generally collateralized with proven reserves based on appropriate valuation standards and take into account the risk of oil and gas price volatility. Our commercial loans and leases are underwritten after carefully evaluating and understanding the borrower’s ability to operate profitably. Our underwriting standards are designed to promote relationship banking rather than to make loans on a transaction basis. Our lines of credit typically are limited to a percentage of the value of the assets securing the line. Lines of credit and term loans typically are reviewed annually and are supported by accounts receivable, inventory, equipment and other assets of our clients’ businesses.
Mortgage Finance Loans.    Our mortgage finance loans consist of ownership interests purchased in single-family residential mortgages funded through our mortgage finance group. These loans are typically held on our balance sheet for 10 to 20 days.

67



We have agreements with mortgage lenders and purchase interests in individual loans they originate. All loans are underwritten consistent with established programs for permanent financing with financially sound investors. Substantially all loans are conforming loans. December 31, 2015 and 2014 balances are stated net of $454.8 million and $358.3 million participations sold, respectively.
Construction Loans.    Our construction loan portfolio consists primarily of single- and multi-family residential properties and commercial projects used in manufacturing, warehousing, service or retail businesses. Our construction loans generally have terms of one to three years. We typically make construction loans to developers, builders and contractors that have an established record of successful project completion and loan repayment and have a substantial equity investment in the borrowers. Loan amounts are derived primarily from the Bank's evaluation of expected cash flows available to service debt from stabilized projects under hypothetically stressed conditions. Construction loans are also based in part upon estimates of costs and value associated with the completed project. Sources of repayment for these types of loans may be pre-committed permanent loans from other lenders, sales of developed property, or an interim loan commitment from us until permanent financing is obtained. The nature of these loans makes ultimate repayment sensitive to overall economic conditions. Borrowers may not be able to correct conditions of default in loans, increasing risk of exposure to classification, non-performing status, reserve allocation and actual credit loss and foreclosure. These loans typically have floating rates and commitment fees.
Real Estate Loans.    A portion of our real estate loan portfolio is comprised of loans secured by properties other than market risk or investment-type real estate. Market risk loans are real estate loans where the primary source of repayment is expected to come from the sale, permanent financing or lease of the real property collateral. We generally provide temporary financing for commercial and residential property. These loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and secondarily as loans secured by real estate. Our real estate loans generally have maximum terms of five to seven years, and we provide loans with both floating and fixed rates. We generally avoid long-term loans for commercial real estate held for investment. Real estate loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy. Appraised values may be highly variable due to market conditions and the impact of the inability of potential purchasers and lessees to obtain financing and a lack of transactions at comparable values.
At December 31, 2015 and 2014, we had a blanket floating lien on certain real estate-secured loans, mortgage finance loans and also certain securities used as collateral for FHLB borrowings.
Summary of Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses is comprised of specific reserves for impaired loans and an estimate of losses inherent in the portfolio at the balance sheet date, but not yet identified with specified loans. We consider the allowance at December 31, 2015 to be appropriate, given management's assessment of potential losses inherent in the portfolio as of the evaluation date, the significant growth in the loan and lease portfolio, current economic conditions in our market areas and other factors.

68



The following tables summarize the credit risk profile of our loan portfolio by internally assigned grades and non-accrual status as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):
 Commercial 
Mortgage
Finance
 Construction Real Estate Consumer Equipment Leases Total
December 31, 2015             
Grade:             
Pass$6,375,332
 $4,966,276
 $1,821,678
 $3,085,463
 $25,093
 $103,560
 $16,377,402
Special mention111,911
 
 13,090
 30,585
 3
 334
 155,923
Substandard- accruing46,731
 
 281
 3,837
 227
 4,951
 56,027
Non-accrual138,657
 
 16,668
 19,312
 
 5,151
 179,788
Total loans held for investment$6,672,631
 $4,966,276
 $1,851,717
 $3,139,197
 $25,323
 $113,996
 $16,769,140
 Commercial 
Mortgage
Finance
 Construction Real Estate Consumer Equipment Leases Total
December 31, 2014             
Grade:             
Pass$5,738,474
 $4,102,125
 $1,414,671
 $2,785,804
 $19,579
 $91,044
 $14,151,697
Special mention53,839
 
 1,734
 8,723
 11
 4,363
 68,670
Substandard-accruing43,784
 
 
 2,653
 47
 3,915
 50,399
Non-accrual33,122
 
 
 9,947
 62
 173
 43,304
Total loans held for investment$5,869,219
 $4,102,125
 $1,416,405
 $2,807,127
 $19,699
 $99,495
 $14,314,070

69



The following tables detail activity in the reserve for loan losses by portfolio segment for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands). Allocation of a portion of the reserve to one category of loans does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other categories.
 Commercial 
Mortgage
Finance
 Construction 
Real
Estate
 Consumer Equipment Leases Additional Qualitative Reserve Total
December 31, 2015               
Beginning balance$70,654
 $
 $7,935
 $15,582
 $240
 $1,141
 $5,402
 $100,954
Provision for loan losses53,102
 
 (1,499) (1,845) (13) 2,777
 (1,223) 51,299
Charge-offs16,254
 
 
 389
 62
 25
 
 16,730
Recoveries4,944
 
 400
 33
 173
 38
 
 5,588
Net charge-offs (recoveries)11,310
 
 (400) 356
 (111) (13) 
 11,142
Ending balance$112,446
 $
 $6,836
 $13,381
 $338
 $3,931
 $4,179
 $141,111
Period end amount allocated to:               
Loans individually evaluated for impairment$19,840
 $
 $
 $1,191
 $
 $2,436
 $
 $23,467
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment92,606
 
 6,836
 12,190
 338
 1,495
 4,179
 117,644
Ending balance$112,446
 $
 $6,836
 $13,381
 $338
 $3,931
 $4,179
 $141,111
  
Commercial 
Mortgage
Finance
 Construction 
Real
Estate
 Consumer Equipment Leases Additional Qualitative Reserve Total
December 31, 2014               
Beginning balance$39,868
 $
 $14,553
 $24,210
 $149
 $3,105
 $5,719
 $87,604
Provision for loan losses37,827
 
 (6,618) (8,411) 195
 (3,046) (317) 19,630
Charge-offs9,803
 
 
 296
 266
 
 
 10,365
Recoveries2,762
 
 
 79
 162
 1,082
 
 4,085
Net charge-offs (recoveries)7,041
 
 
 217
 104
 (1,082) 
 6,280
Ending balance$70,654
 $
 $7,935
 $15,582
 $240
 $1,141
 $5,402
 $100,954
Period end amount allocated to:               
Loans individually evaluated for impairment$7,705
 $
 $
 $636
 $9
 $26
 $
 $8,376
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment62,949
 
 7,935
 14,946
 231
 1,115
 5,402
 92,578
Ending balance$70,654
 $
 $7,935
 $15,582
 $240
 $1,141
 $5,402
 $100,954
We have traditionally maintained an additional qualitative reserve component to compensate for the uncertainty and complexity in estimating loan and lease losses including factors and conditions that may not be fully reflected in the determination and application of the allowance allocation percentages. We believe the level of additional qualitative reserves at December 31, 2015 and 2014 is warranted due to the continued uncertain economic environment which has produced losses, including those resulting from borrowers' misstatement of financial information or inaccurate certification of collateral values. Such losses are not necessarily correlated with historical loss trends or general economic conditions. Our methodology used to calculate the allowance considers historical losses; however, the historical loss rates for specific product types or credit risk grades may not fully incorporate the effects of continued weakness in the economy.
Our recorded investment in loans as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 related to each balance in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment and disaggregated on the basis of our impairment methodology was as follows (in thousands):
 Commercial 
Mortgage
Finance
 Construction 
Real
Estate
 Consumer Equipment Leases Total
December 31, 2015             
Loans individually evaluated for impairment$140,479
 $
 $16,668
 $21,042
 $
 $5,151
 $183,340
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment6,532,152
 4,966,276
 1,835,049
 3,118,155
 25,323
 108,845
 16,585,800
Total$6,672,631
 $4,966,276
 $1,851,717
 $3,139,197
 $25,323
 $113,996
 $16,769,140

70



 Commercial 
Mortgage
Finance
 Construction 
Real
Estate
 Consumer Equipment Leases Total
December 31, 2014             
Loans individually evaluated for impairment$35,165
 $
 $
 $13,880
 $62
 $173
 $49,280
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment5,834,054
 4,102,125
 1,416,405
 2,793,247
 19,637
 99,322
 14,264,790
Total$5,869,219
 $4,102,125
 $1,416,405
 $2,807,127
 $19,699
 $99,495
 $14,314,070
Generally we place loans on non-accrual when there is a clear indication that the borrower’s cash flow may not be sufficient to meet payments as they become due, which is generally when a loan is 90 days past due. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all previously accrued and unpaid interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized on a cash basis as long as the remaining unpaid principal amount of the loan is deemed to be fully collectible. If collectability is questionable, then cash payments are applied to principal. We recognized $1.6 million in interest income on non-accrual loans during 2015 compared to $1.7 million in 2014 and $2.4 million in 2013. Additional interest income that would have been recorded if the loans had been current during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 totaled $7.0 million, $2.1 million and $2.5 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, $884,000 of our non-accrual loans were earning on a cash basis, compared to $310,000 at December 31, 2014. A loan is placed back on accrual status when both principal and interest are current and it is probable that we will be able to collect all amounts due (both principal and interest) according to the terms of the loan agreement.

71



A loan held for investment is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due (both principal and interest) according to the terms of the loan agreement. In accordance with ASC 310, Receivables, we have included all restructured loans in our impaired loan totals. The following tables detail our impaired loans, by portfolio class as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):
December 31, 2015         
  
Recorded
Investment
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Related
Allowance
 
Average
Recorded
Investment
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
With no related allowance recorded:         
Commercial         
Business loans$11,097
 $13,529
 $
 $17,311
 $
Energy loans37,968
 37,968
 
 21,791
 36
Construction         
Market risk16,668
 16,668
 
 9,764
 
Real estate         
Market risk
 
 
 3,352
 
Commercial15,353
 15,353
 
 4,364
 24
Secured by 1-4 family
 
 
 
 
Consumer
 
 
 
 
Equipment leases2,417
 2,417
 
 3,233
 
Total impaired loans with no allowance recorded$83,503
 $85,935
 $
 $59,815
 $60
With an allowance recorded:         
Commercial         
Business loans$20,983
 $25,300
 $5,737
 $31,131
 $
Energy loans70,431
 70,431
 14,103
 6,641
 
Construction         
Market risk
 
 
 
 
Real estate         
Market risk5,335
 5,335
 1,066
 2,558
 
Commercial
 
 
 306
 
Secured by 1-4 family354
 354
 125
 1,580
 
Consumer
 
 
 10
 
Equipment leases2,734
 2,734
 2,436
 302
 
Total impaired loans with an allowance recorded$99,837
 $104,154
 $23,467
 $42,528
 $
Combined:         
Commercial         
Business loans$32,080
 $38,829
 $5,737
 $48,442
 $
Energy loans108,399
 108,399
 14,103
 28,432
 36
Construction         
Market risk16,668
 16,668
 
 9,764
 
Real estate         
Market risk5,335
 5,335
 1,066
 5,910
 
Commercial15,353
 15,353
 
 4,670
 24
Secured by 1-4 family354
 354
 125
 1,580
 
Consumer
 
 
 10
 
Equipment leases5,151
 5,151
 2,436
 3,535
 
Total impaired loans$183,340
 $190,089
 $23,467
 $102,343
 $60

72



December 31, 2014         
  
Recorded
Investment
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Related
Allowance
 
Average
Recorded
Investment
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
With no related allowance recorded:         
Commercial         
Business loans$9,608
 $11,857
 $
 $7,334
 $
Energy loans
 
 
 375
 25
Construction         
Market risk
 
 
 118
 
Real estate         
Market risk3,735
 3,735
 
 7,970
 
Commercial3,521
 3,521
 
 2,795
 
Secured by 1-4 family
 
 
 1,210
 
Consumer
 
 
 
 
Equipment leases
 
 
 
 
Total impaired loans with no allowance recorded$16,864
 $19,113
 $
 $19,802
 $25
With an allowance recorded:         
Commercial         
Business loans$24,553
 $25,553
 $7,433
 $17,705
 $
Energy loans1,004
 1,004
 272
 991
 
Construction         
Market risk
 
 
 
 
Real estate         
Market risk4,203
 4,203
 317
 5,064
 
Commercial526
 526
 79
 705
 
Secured by 1-4 family1,895
 1,895
 240
 2,119
 
Consumer62
 62
 9
 16
 
Equipment leases173
 173
 26
 41
 
Total impaired loans with an allowance recorded$32,416
 $33,416
 $8,376
 $26,641
 $
Combined:         
Commercial         
Business loans$34,161
 $37,410
 $7,433
 $25,039
 $
Energy loans1,004
 1,004
 272
 1,366
 25
Construction
 
 
 
 
Market risk
 
 
 118
 
Real estate
 
 
 
 
Market risk7,938
 7,938
 317
 13,034
 
Commercial4,047
 4,047
 79
 3,500
 
Secured by 1-4 family1,895
 1,895
 240
 3,329
 
Consumer62
 62
 9
 16
 
Equipment leases173
 173
 26
 41
 
Total impaired loans$49,280
 $52,529
 $8,376
 $46,443
 $25
Average impaired loans outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 totaled $102.3 million, $46.4 million and $50.8 million respectively.

73



The table below provides an age analysis of our loans held for investment as of December 31, 2015 (in thousands):
 
30-59 Days
Past Due
 
60-89 Days
Past Due
 
Greater Than
90 Days(1)
 
Total Past
Due
 Non-accrual Current Total
Commercial             
Business loans$15,847
 $3,666
 $7,013
 $26,526
 $30,258
 $5,577,523
 $5,634,307
Energy500
 
 
 500
 108,399
 929,425
 1,038,324
Mortgage finance loans
 
 
 
 
 4,966,276
 4,966,276
Construction            
Market risk
 
 
 
 16,668
 1,824,936
 1,841,604
Secured by 1-4 family
 
 
 
 
 10,113
 10,113
Real estate            
Market risk
 
 
 
 3,605
 2,402,640
 2,406,245
Commercial17,729
 
 
 17,729
 15,353
 612,711
 645,793
Secured by 1-4 family2,319
 
 
 2,319
 354
 84,486
 87,159
Consumer659
 
 
 659
 
 24,664
 25,323
Equipment leases91
 
 
 91
 5,151
 108,754
 113,996
Total loans held for investment$37,145
 $3,666
 $7,013
 $47,824
 $179,788
 $16,541,528
 $16,769,140
(1)Loans past due 90 days and still accruing includes premium finance loans of $6.6 million. These loans are generally secured by obligations of insurance carriers to refund premiums on cancelled insurance policies. The refund of premiums from the insurance carriers can take 180 days or longer from the cancellation date.
Restructured loans are loans on which, due to the borrower’s financial difficulties, we have granted a concession that we would not otherwise consider for borrowers of similar credit quality. This may include a transfer of real estate or other assets from the borrower, a modification of loan terms, or a combination of the two. Modifications of terms that could potentially qualify as a restructuring include reduction of contractual interest rate, extension of the maturity date at a contractual interest rate lower than the current rate for new debt with similar risk, or a reduction of the face amount of debt, or forgiveness of either principal or accrued interest. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had $249,000 and $1.8 million, respectively, in loans considered restructured that are not on non-accrual. These loans did not have unfunded commitments at December 31, 2015 or 2014. Of the non-accrual loans at December 31, 2015 and 2014, $24.9 million and $12.1 million, respectively, met the criteria for restructured. These loans had no unfunded commitments at their respective balance sheet dates. A loan continues to qualify as restructured until a consistent payment history or change in borrower’s financial condition has been evidenced, generally no less than twelve months. Assuming that the restructuring agreement specifies an interest rate at the time of the restructuring that is greater than or equal to the rate that we are willing to accept for a new extension of credit with comparable risk, then the loan no longer has to be considered a restructuring if it is in compliance with modified terms in calendar years after the year of the restructure.
The following tables summarize, as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, loans that have been restructured during 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):
December 31, 2015     
  
Number of
Contracts
 
Pre-Restructuring
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
 
Post-Restructuring
Outstanding  Recorded
Investment
Commercial business loans5
 $20,459
 $14,992
Total new restructured loans in 20155
 $20,459
 $14,992

74



December 31, 2014     
  
Number of
Contracts
 
Pre-Restructuring
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
 
Post-Restructuring
Outstanding  Recorded
Investment
Real estate - commercial1
 $1,441
 $1,441
Commercial business loans1
 95
 80
Total new restructured loans in 20142
 $1,536
 $1,521
The restructured loans generally include terms to temporarily place the loan on interest only, extend the payment terms or reduce the interest rate. We did not forgive any principal on the above loans. The $5.5 million decrease in the post-restructuring recorded investment compared to the pre-restructuring recorded investment is due to paydowns. At December 31, 2015, $15.0 million of the above loans restructured in 2015 are on non-accrual. The restructuring of the loans did not have a significant impact on our allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2015 or 2014.
The following table provides information on how loans were modified as a restructured loan during the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):
 December 31,
  
2015 2014
Extended maturity$
 $1,441
Combination of maturity extension and payment schedule adjustment14,992
 80
Total$14,992
 $1,521
As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, we did not have any loans that were restructured within the last 12 months that subsequently defaulted.
(4) OREO and Valuation Allowance for Losses on OREO
The table below presents a summary of the activity related to OREO (in thousands):
 Year ended December 31,
  
2015 2014 2013
Beginning balance$568
 $5,110
 $15,991
Additions1,267
 851
 1,331
Sales(1,557) (5,393) (11,292)
Valuation allowance for OREO
 
 958
Direct write-downs
 
 (1,878)
Ending balance$278
 $568
 $5,110
(5) Certain Transfers of Financial Assets
Through our MCA business, we commit to purchase residential mortgage loans from independent correspondent lenders and deliver those loans into the secondary market via whole loans sales to independent third parties or in securitization transactions to GSEs such as Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae. We have elected to carry these loans at fair value based on sales commitments and market quotes. Changes in the fair value of the loans held for sale are included in other non-interest income.
Residential mortgage loans are subject to both credit and interest rate risk. Credit risk is managed through underwriting policies and procedures, including collateral requirements, which are generally accepted by the secondary loan markets. Exposure to interest rate fluctuations is partially managed through forward sales contracts, which set the price for loans that will be delivered in the next 60 to 90 days.

75



The table below presents the unpaid principal balance of loans held for sale and related fair values at December 31, 2015 (in thousands):
 December 31, 2015
 Unpaid Principal BalanceFair ValueFair Value Over/(Under) Unpaid Principal Balance
Loans held for sale$82,853
$86,075
$3,222
No loans held for sale were 90 days or more past due or considered impaired as of December 31, 2015, and no credit losses were recognized on loans held for sale for the year ended December 31, 2015.
The differences between the fair value and the aggregate unpaid principal balance include changes in fair value recorded at and subsequent to purchase, gains and losses on the related loan purchase commitment prior to purchase and premiums or discounts on acquired loans.
We generally retain the right to service the loans sold, creating MSR assets on our balance sheet. A summary of MSR activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 is as follows (in thousands):
 2015
Balance, beginning of year$
Capitalized servicing rights437
Amortization(14)
Balance, end of year$423
Fair value$423
At December 31, 2015, our servicing portfolio of loans sold included 168 loans with an outstanding principal balance of $39.0 million. In connection with the servicing of these loans, we maintain escrow funds for taxes and insurance in the name of investors, as well as collections in transit to investors. These escrow funds are segregated and held in separate non-interest-bearing bank accounts at the Bank. These deposits, included in total non-interest-bearing deposits on the consolidated balance sheets, were $240,000 at December 31, 2015.
For loans securitized and sold for the year ended December 31, 2015 with servicing rights retained, management used the following assumptions to determine the fair value of MSRs at the date of securitization or sale:
2015
Average discount rates9.76%
Expected prepayment speeds9.14%
Weighted-average life, in years7.3
In conjunction with the sale and securitization of loans held for sale, we may be exposed to liability resulting from recourse agreements and repurchase agreements. If it is determined subsequent to our sale of a loan that the loan sold is in breach of the representations or warranties made in the applicable sale agreement, we may have an obligation to either (a) repurchase the loan for the unpaid principal balance, accrued interest and related advances, (b) indemnify the purchaser against any loss it suffers or (c) make the purchaser whole for the economic benefits of the loan. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we originated or purchased and sold approximately $39.1 million of mortgage loans to GSEs.
Our repurchase, indemnification and make whole obligations vary based upon the terms of the applicable agreements, the nature of the asserted breach and the status of the mortgage loan at the time a claim is made. We establish reserves for estimated losses of this nature inherent in the origination of mortgage loans by estimating the probable losses inherent in the population of all loans sold based on trends in claims and actual loss severities experienced. The reserve will include accruals for probable contingent losses in addition to those identified in the pipeline of claims received. The estimation process is designed to include amounts based on actual losses experienced from actual repurchase activity.
Because the MCA business commenced in 2015, we have no historical data to support the establishment of a reserve. The baseline for the repurchase reserve uses historical loss factors obtained from industry data that are applied to loan pools originated and sold during the year ended December 31, 2015. The historical industry data loss factors and experienced losses will be accumulated for each sale vintage (year loan was sold) and applied to more recent sale vintages to estimate inherent losses not yet realized. Our estimated exposure related to these loans was $20,000 at December 31, 2015 and is recorded in

76



other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. We had no losses due to repurchase, indemnification or make-whole obligations during the year ended December 31, 2015.

(6) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
In May 2013, we acquired the assets of a premium finance company and recorded a total intangible asset of $2.1 million. Of this total, $954,000 was allocated to goodwill, $554,000 to customer relationships, $457,000 to developed technology and $98,000 to trade name. The $554,000 customer relationship intangible is being amortized over 14 years, the $457,000 technology intangible is being amortized over 7 years, and the $98,000 intangible related to the trade name was determined to have an indefinite life.
Goodwill and other intangible assets at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
Gross Goodwill
and Intangible
Assets
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Goodwill
and
Intangible
Assets
December 31, 2015     
Goodwill$15,370
 $(374) $14,996
Intangible assets—customer relationships and trademarks9,104
 (4,140) 4,964
Total goodwill and intangible assets$24,474
 $(4,514) $19,960
December 31, 2014     
Goodwill$15,370
 $(374) $14,996
Intangible assets—customer relationships and trademarks9,104
 (3,512) 5,592
Total goodwill and intangible assets$24,474
 $(3,886) $20,588
Amortization expense related to intangible assets totaled $628,000 in 2015, $699,000 in 2014 and $660,000 in 2013. The estimated aggregate future amortization expense for intangible assets remaining as of December 31, 2015 is as follows (in thousands):
2016$471
2017473
2018473
2019473
2020435
Thereafter2,639
 $4,964
(7) Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 December 31,
  
2015 2014
Premises$21,020
 $24,339
Furniture and equipment26,185
 22,418
 47,205
 46,757
Accumulated depreciation(23,644) (23,622)
Total premises and equipment, net$23,561
 $23,135
Depreciation expense for the above premises and equipment was approximately $4.6 million, $4.1 million and $4.0 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

77



(8) Deposits
Deposits at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows (in thousands):
 2015 2014
Non-interest-bearing demand deposits$6,386,911
 $5,011,619
Interest-bearing deposits   
Transaction2,006,591
 1,292,388
Savings6,163,622
 5,630,253
Time527,495
 426,331
Deposits in foreign branches
 312,709
Total interest-bearing deposits8,697,708
 7,661,681
Total deposits$15,084,619
 $12,673,300
The scheduled maturities of interest-bearing time deposits were as follows at December 31, 2015 (in thousands):
  
2016$502,113
201718,138
20181,646
20194,001
20201,597
2021 and after
 $527,495
At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Bank had approximately $16.6 million and $23.5 million, respectively, in deposits from related parties, including directors, stockholders, and their related affiliates.
At December 31, 2015 and 2014, interest-bearing time deposits, including deposits in foreign branches, of $250,000 or more were approximately $274.4 million and $527.6 million, respectively.
(9) Borrowing Arrangements
The following table summarizes our borrowings at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):
 2015 2014 2013
  
Balance Rate(3) Balance Rate(3) Balance Rate(3)
Federal funds purchased(4)$74,164
 0.55% $66,971
 0.30% $148,650
 0.22%
Customer repurchase agreements(1)68,887
 0.02% 25,705
 0.07% 21,954
 0.06%
FHLB borrowings(2)1,500,000
 0.31% 1,100,005
 0.13% 840,026
 0.12%
Line of credit
 % 
 % 15,000
 2.65%
Subordinated notes286,000
 5.75% 286,000
 5.82% 111,000
 6.50%
Trust preferred subordinated debentures113,406
 2.47% 113,406
 2.18% 113,406
 2.17%
Total borrowings$2,042,457
   $1,592,087
   $1,250,036
  
Maximum outstanding at any month end$2,042,457
   $1,592,087
   $1,859,036
  

78



(1)Securities pledged for customer repurchase agreements were $14.2 million, $21.8 million and $37.7 million at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(2)FHLB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket floating lien on certain real estate secured loans, mortgage finance assets and also certain pledged securities. The weighted-average interest rate for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was 0.18%, 0.15% and 0.14%, respectively. The average balance of FHLB borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $1.2 billion, $213.4 million and $370.0 million, respectively.
(3)Interest rate as of period end.
(4)The weighted-average interest rate on Federal funds purchased for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was 0.29%, 0.27% and 0.27%, respectively. The average balance of Federal funds purchased for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $98.8 million, $139.3 million and $254.3 million, respectively.
The following table summarizes our other borrowing capacities net of balances outstanding at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):
 2015 2014 2013
FHLB borrowing capacity relating to loans$4,101,396
 $3,602,994
 $693,302
FHLB borrowing capacity relating to securities1,213
 535
 8,482
Total FHLB borrowing capacity$4,102,609
 $3,603,529
 $701,784
Unused Federal funds lines available from commercial banks$1,231,000
 $1,186,000
 $890,000
Unused Federal Reserve Borrowings capacity$2,966,702
 $2,643,000
 $2,284,000
Our unsecured, revolving, non-amortizing line of credit had maximum availability of $100.0 million and matured on December 22, 2015. This line of credit was renewed on December 22, 2015 with a new maximum availability of $130.0 million and a maturity date of December 21, 2016. The loan proceeds may be used for general corporate purposes including funding regulatory capital infusions into the Bank. The loan agreement contains customary financial covenants and restrictions. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, no borrowings were outstanding and no funds were borrowed during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.
The scheduled maturities of our borrowings at December 31, 2015, were as follows (in thousands):
 
Within One
Year
 
After One
But Within
Three Years
 
After Three
But Within
Five Years
 
After Five
Years
 Total
Federal funds purchased and customer repurchase agreements(1)$143,051
 $
 $
 $
 $143,051
FHLB borrowings(1)700,000
 800,000
 
 
 1,500,000
Subordinated notes(1)
 
 
 286,000
 286,000
Trust preferred subordinated debentures(1)
 
 
 113,406
 113,406
Total borrowings$843,051
 $800,000
 $
 $399,406
 $2,042,457
(1)Excludes interest.
(10) Long-Term Debt
From November 2002 to September 2006 various Texas Capital Statutory Trusts were created and subsequently issued floating rate trust preferred securities in various private offerings totaling $113.4 million. As of December 31, 2015, the details of the trust preferred subordinated debentures are summarized below (in thousands):
 Texas Capital
Bancshares
Statutory Trust I
 Texas Capital
Statutory
Trust II
 Texas Capital
Statutory
Trust III
 Texas Capital
Statutory
Trust IV
 Texas Capital
Statutory Trust V
Date issuedNovember 19, 2002 April 10, 2003 October 6, 2005 April 28, 2006 September 29, 2006
Trust preferred securities issued$10,310 $10,310 $25,774 $25,774 $41,238
Floating or fixed rate securitiesFloating Floating Floating Floating Floating
Interest rate on subordinated debentures
3 month LIBOR
 + 3.35%
 
3 month LIBOR
 + 3.25%
 
3 month LIBOR
 + 1.51%
 
3 month LIBOR
 + 1.60%
 
3 month LIBOR
 + 1.71%
Maturity dateNovember 2032 April 2033 December 2035 June 2036 December 2036

79



On September 21, 2012, we issued $111.0 million of subordinated notes. The notes mature in September 2042 and bear interest at a rate of 6.50% per annum, payable quarterly. The indenture governing the notes contains customary covenants and restrictions.
On January 31, 2014, the Bank issued $175.0 million of subordinated notes in an offering to institutional investors exempt from registration under Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 and 12 C.F.R. Part 16. Net proceeds from the transaction were $172.4 million. The notes mature in January 2026 and bear interest at a rate of 5.25% per annum, payable semi-annually. The notes are unsecured and are subordinate to the Bank’s obligations to its depositors, its obligations under banker’s acceptances and letters of credit, certain obligations to Federal Reserve Banks and the FDIC and the Bank’s obligations to its other creditors, except any obligations which expressly rank on a parity with or junior to the notes. The notes qualify as Tier 2 capital for regulatory capital purposes, subject to applicable limitations.
Interest payments on all long-term debt are deductible for federal income tax purposes.
Because our Bank had less than $15.0 billion in total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009, we are allowed to continue to classify our trust preferred securities, all of which were issued prior to May 19, 2010, as Tier 1 capital.
(11) Income Taxes
We have a gross deferred tax asset of $78.8 million and $65.5 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, which relates primarily to our allowance for loan losses, loan origination fees and stock compensation. Management believes it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. Our net deferred tax asset is included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.
Income tax expense/(benefit) consists of the following for the years ended (in thousands):
 Year ended December 31,
  2015 2014 2013
Current:     
Federal$80,957
 $77,855
 $76,478
State2,245
 2,124
 1,878
Total83,202
 79,979
 78,356
Deferred     
Federal(3,561) (3,969) (11,599)
State
 
 
Total(3,561) (3,969) (11,599)
Total expense     
Federal77,396
 73,886
 64,879
State2,245
 2,124
 1,878
Total$79,641
 $76,010
 $66,757
The tax effect of unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities is recorded to other comprehensive income and is not a component of income tax expense/(benefit).
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

80



 December 31,
  2015 2014
Deferred tax assets:   
Allowance for credit losses$53,368
 $38,356
Loan origination fees13,435
 13,651
Stock compensation5,509
 8,263
Mark to market on mortgage loans184
 215
Reserve for potential mortgage loan repurchases
 20
Non-accrual interest1,198
 1,272
Deferred lease expense3,779
 1,688
Depreciation
 691
OREO valuation allowance8
 22
Other1,299
 1,298
Total deferred tax assets78,780
 65,476
Deferred tax liabilities:   
Loan origination costs(1,726) (1,488)
Leases(10,121) (9,466)
Depreciation(8,296) 
Unrealized gain on securities(387) (694)
Other(2,468) (1,914)
Total deferred tax liabilities(22,998) (13,562)
Net deferred tax asset$55,782
 $51,914
ASC 740-10, Income Taxes — Accounting for Uncertainties in Income Taxes (“ASC 740-10”) prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Benefits from tax positions should be recognized in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of cumulative benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. ASC 740-10 also provides guidance on the accounting for and disclosure of unrecognized tax benefits, interest and penalties.
We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and several U.S. state jurisdictions. We are no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2012.
The reconciliation of income computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax rates to income tax expense (benefit) is as follows:
 Year ended December 31,
  2015 2014 2013
Tax at U.S. statutory rate35 % 35 % 35 %
State taxes1 % 1 % 1 %
Non-deductible expenses1 % 1 % 1 %
Non-taxable income(1)% (1)% (1)%
Other(1)% 
 
Total35 % 36 % 36 %

81



(12) Stock-Based Compensation and Employee Benefits
We have a qualified retirement plan, with a salary deferral feature designed to qualify under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code (“the 401(k) Plan”). The 401(k) Plan permits our employees to defer a portion of their compensation. Matching contributions may be made in amounts and at times determined by the Company. We contributed approximately $6.3 million, $4.5 million, and $3.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Employees are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan when they meet certain requirements concerning minimum age and period of credited service. All contributions to the 401(k) Plan are invested in accordance with participant elections among certain investment options.
During 2000, we implemented an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). Employees are eligible for the plan when they meet certain requirements concerning period of credited service and minimum hours worked. Eligible employees may contribute a minimum of 1% to a maximum of 10% of eligible compensation up to the Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code limit of $25,000. In 2006, stockholders approved the 2006 ESPP, which allocated 400,000 shares for purchase. As of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, 113,910, 102,836 and 93,388 shares had been purchased on behalf of the employees under the 2006 ESPP.
We have stock-based compensation plans under which equity-based compensation grants are made by the board of directors, or its designated committee. Grants are subject to vesting requirements. Under the plans, we may grant, among other things, nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), cash-based performance units or any combination thereof. Plans include grants for employees and directors. Total shares authorized under the plans are 2,550,000. Total shares which may be issued under the plans at December 31, 2015 were 2,455,048.
The fair value of our option and SAR grants are estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options which have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions including the expected stock price volatility. Because our employee stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management’s opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide the best single measure of the fair value of employee stock options.
The fair value of the options and SARs were estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions. No stock options or SARs were granted in 2015.
 2015 2014 2013
Risk-free rateN/A 1.46% 1.17%
Market price volatility factorN/A 0.402
 0.409
Weighted-average expected life of optionsN/A 5 years
 5 years
Market price volatility and expected life of options is based on historical data and other factors.

82



A summary of our stock option activity and related information for 2015, 2014 and 2013 is as follows:
 December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013
  
Options 
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 Options Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 Options Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Options outstanding at beginning of year25,000
 $20.60
 54,900
 $18.65
 174,062
 $13.51
Options exercised(21,000) 20.05
 (28,400) 17.34
 (119,162) 11.14
Options forfeited(4,000) 23.50
 (1,500) 14.91
 
 
Options outstanding at year-end
 $
 25,000
 $20.60
 54,900
 $18.65
Options vested and exercisable at year-end
 $
 25,000
 $20.60
 54,900
 $18.65
Intrinsic value of options vested and exercisable$
   $843,190
   $2,391,014
  
Weighted average remaining contractual life of options vested and exercisable (in years)  0.00
   0.30
   0.97
Intrinsic value of options exercised$565,000
   $1,193,070
   $4,176,787
  
Weighted average remaining contractual life of options currently outstanding (in years)  0.00
   0.30
   0.97
There was no expense related to stock option awards in 2015, 2014 and 2013.

A summary of our SAR activity and related information for 2015, 2014 and 2013 is as follows. These rights are time-vested and generally vest ratably over a period of five years.
 December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013
  
SARs 
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 SARs Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 SARs /
PSARs
 Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
SARs outstanding at beginning of year445,009
 $24.83
 537,149
 $23.68
 640,220
 $20.90
SARs granted
 
 8,000
 62.02
 53,500
 43.73
SARs exercised(84,465) 20.97
 (92,640) 20.87
 (134,271) 19.21
SARs forfeited
 
 (7,500) 31.16
 (22,300) 18.99
SARs outstanding at year-end360,544
 $25.73
 445,009
 $24.83
 537,149
 $23.68
SARs vested and exercisable at year-end307,144
 $22.49
 355,509
 $21.16
 384,974
 $20.64
Weighted average remaining contractual life of SARs vested  2.36
   2.89
   3.46
Compensation expense$367,000
   $530,000
   $564,000
  
Weighted average fair value of SARs granted  $
   $23.02
   $16.26
Fair value of shares vested during the year$436,000
   $580,345
   $566,341
  
Weighted average remaining contractual life of SARs currently outstanding (in years)  3.08
   3.85
   4.68
Intrinsic value of SARs exercised$8,291,000
   $11,794,000
   $16,000,000
  

83




The following table summarizes the status of and changes in our RSUs:
 Restricted Stock Units
  
Number
of Shares
 
Weighted-
Average Grant-
Date Fair Value
Balance, January 1, 2013411,919
 $23.80
Granted163,500
 45.35
Vested and issued(151,480) 20.47
Forfeited(20,200) 24.96
Balance, December 31, 2013403,739
 33.72
Granted64,050
 57.84
Vested and issued(161,249) 26.40
Forfeited(17,375) 37.40
Balance, December 31, 2014289,165
 42.93
Granted144,952
 51.96
Vested and issued(95,943) 38.05
Forfeited(12,200) 43.89
Balance, December 31, 2015325,974
 $48.42
The RSUs granted during 2015, 2014 and 2013 vest ratably over four to five years. Compensation cost for RSUs was $4.2 million, $4.1 million and $3.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The weighted average remaining contractual life of RSUs currently outstanding is 8.29 years.
Total compensation cost for all share-based arrangements, net of taxes, was $3.0 million, $3.0 million and $2.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to SAR grants issued through December 31, 2015 was $699,000. At December 31, 2015, the weighted average period over which this unrecognized expense was expected to be recognized was 2.4 years. Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to RSU grants through December 31, 2015 was $13.0 million. At December 31, 2015, the weighted average period over which this unrecognized expense was expected to be recognized was 3.3 years.
Cash flows from financing activities included $1.5 million, $2.9 million and $1.2 million in cash inflows from excess tax benefits related to stock-based compensation in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Upon the exercise of stock options, new shares are issued as opposed to treasury shares.
We granted a total of 146,153 cash-based performance units in 2015, with a total of 475,441 outstanding at December 31, 2015. We granted a total of 171,808 and 173,035 cash-based performance units in 2014 and 2013. Of the outstanding units at December 31, 2015, 385,172 are service-based and vest ratably over a period of five years. Additionally, 90,269 units contain both service and performance based vesting requirements: 25-50% of the units will vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant, and the balance will vest based on attainment of certain performance metrics developed by the Human Resources Committee. Since these units have a cash payout feature, they are accounted for under the liability method and the related expense is based on the stock price at period end. Compensation cost for the units was $7.7 million, $9.9 million and $17.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 respectively. At December 31, 2015, the weighted average remaining contractual life of the units was 8.03 years.
Total compensation cost for all cash-based arrangements, net of taxes, for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $5.0 million, $6.5 million and $11.2 million, respectively.

84



(13) Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk
The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit that involve varying degrees of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of these instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower.
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer’s credit-worthiness on a case-by-case basis.
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.
At December 31, 2015 and 2014, commitments to extend credit and standby and commercial letters of credit were as follows (in thousands):
 December 31,
  2015 2014
Commitments to extend credit$5,542,363
 $5,324,460
Standby letters of credit182,219
 177,808
At December 31, 2015 and 2014, we had $9.0 million and $7.1 million, respectively, in allowance allocations for these off-balance sheet commitments recorded in other liabilities.
(14) Regulatory Restrictions
The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory (and possibly additional discretionary) actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect onoversees the Company’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s and the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and the Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.
In July 2013, the Federal Reserve published final rules for the adoption of the Basel III regulatory capital framework (the "Basel III Capital Rules"). The Basel III Capital Rules, among other things, (i) introduced a new capital measure called "Common Equity Tier 1" ("CET1"), (ii) specified that Tier 1 capital consist of CET1 and "Additional Tier 1 Capital" instruments meeting specified requirements, (iii) defined CET1 narrowly by requiring that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital and (iv) expanded the scope of the deductions/adjustments as compared to existing regulations. The Basel III Capital Rules became effective for us on January 1, 2015 with certain transition provisions fully phased in on January 1, 2019.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of CET1, Tier 1 and total capital to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier 1 capital to average assets, each as defined in the regulations. Management believes, as of December 31, 2015, that the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.
Financial institutions are categorized as well capitalized or adequately capitalized, based on minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, CET1 and Tier 1 leverage ratios. As shown in the table below, the Company’s capital ratios exceeded the regulatory definition of adequately capitalized as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. Based upon the information in its most recently filed call report, the Bank met the capital ratios necessary to be well capitalized. The regulatory authorities can apply changes in classification of assets and such change may retroactively subject the Company to change in capital ratios. Any such change could result in reducing one or more capital ratios below well-capitalized status. In addition, a change may result in imposition of additional assessments by the FDIC or could result in regulatory actions that could have a material effect on condition and results of operations.

85



Because our Bank had less than $15.0 billion in total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009, we are allowed to continue to classify our trust preferred securities, all of which were issued prior to May 19, 2010, as Tier 1 capital.
The table below summarizes our capital ratios:
 Actual 
For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes
 
To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
(Dollars in thousands)Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio
As of December 31, 2015:           
CET1:           
Company$1,455,662
 7.47% $876,563
 4.50% N/A
 N/A
Bank1,522,729
 7.82% 876,336
 4.50% $1,265,819
 6.50%
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets):           
Company$2,152,292
 11.05% $1,558,334
 8.00% N/A
 N/A
Bank2,058,359
 10.57% 1,557,931
 8.00% $1,947,414
 10.00%
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):           
Company$1,716,170
 8.81% $1,168,751
 6.00% N/A
 N/A
Bank1,683,237
 8.64% 1,168,448
 6.00% $1,557,931
 8.00%
Tier 1 capital (to average assets):           
Company$1,716,170
 8.92% $769,258
 4.00% N/A
 N/A
Bank1,683,237
 8.75% 769,498
 4.00% $961,873
 5.00%
As of December 31, 2014:           
CET1:           
Company$1,312,225
 7.89% $748,445
 4.50% N/A
 N/A
Bank1,263,569
 7.60% 748,252
 4.50% $1,080,809
 6.50%
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets):           
Company$1,967,021
 11.83% $1,330,568
 8.00% N/A
 N/A
Bank1,757,365
 10.57% 1,330,226
 8.00% $1,662,782
 10.00%
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):           
Company$1,573,007
 9.46% $665,284
 4.00% N/A
 N/A
Bank1,424,351
 8.57% 665,113
 4.00% $997,669
 6.00%
Tier 1 capital (to average assets):           
Company$1,573,007
 10.76% $584,765
 4.00% N/A
 N/A
Bank1,424,351
 9.75% 584,597
 4.00% $730,746
 5.00%
Our mortgage finance loan volumes can increase significantly at month-end, causing a meaningful difference between ending balance and average balance for any period. At December 31, 2015, our total mortgage finance loans were $5.0 billion compared to the average for the year ended December 31, 2015 of $4.0 billion. As CET1, Tier 1 and total capital ratios are calculated using quarter-end risk-weighted assets and our mortgage finance loans are 100% risk-weighted, the quarter-end fluctuation in these balances can significantly impact our reported ratios. Due to the actual risk profile and liquidity of this asset class, we manage capital allocated to mortgage finance loans based on changing trends in average balances and do not believe that the quarter-end balance is representative of risk characteristics that would justify higher allocations. However, we will continue to monitor our capital allocation to confirm that all capital levels remain above well-capitalized levels.
Dividends that may be paid by subsidiary banks are routinely restricted by various regulatory authorities. The amount that can be paid in any calendar year without prior approval of the Bank’s regulatory agencies cannot exceed the lesser of the net profits (as defined) for that year plus the net profits for the preceding two calendar years, or retained earnings. The Basel III Capital Rules further limit the amount of dividends that may be paid by our Bank. No dividends were declared or paid on common stock during 2015, 2014 or 2013.
The required reserve balances at the Federal Reserve at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were approximately $150,642,000 and $88,155,000, respectively.


86



(15) Earnings Per Share
The following table presents the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands except share data):
 Year ended December 31,
  2015 2014 2013
Numerator:     
Net income$144,854
 $136,352
 $121,051
Preferred stock dividends9,750
 9,750
 7,394
Net income available to common stockholders$135,104
 $126,602
 $113,657
Denominator:     
Denominator for basic earnings per share—weighted average shares45,808,440
 43,236,344
 40,864,225
Effect of employee stock-based awards(1)211,168
 311,423
 402,593
Effect of warrants to purchase common stock418,264
 455,489
 513,063
Denominator for dilutive earnings per share—adjusted weighted average shares and assumed conversions46,437,872
 44,003,256
 41,779,881
Basic earnings per common share$2.95
 $2.93
 $2.78
Diluted earnings per common share$2.91
 $2.88
 $2.72
(1)Stock options, SARs and RSUs outstanding of 64,700, 51,300 and 118,500 in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, have not been included in diluted earnings per share because to do so would have been antidilutive for the periods presented. Stock options are antidilutive when the exercise price is higher than the average market price of the Company’s common stock.
(16) Fair Value Disclosures
ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”), defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP and requires enhanced disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value is defined under ASC 820 as the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.
We determine the fair market values of our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis using the fair value hierarchy as prescribed in ASC 820. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value as provided below.

Level 1Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 2 assets include U.S. government and agency mortgage-backed debt securities, municipal bonds, and Community Reinvestment Act funds. This category includes loans held for sale and derivative assets and liabilities where values are obtained from independent pricing services.
Level 3Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair values requires significant management judgment or estimation. This category also includes impaired loans and OREO where collateral values have been based on third party appraisals; however, due to current economic conditions, comparative sales data typically used in appraisals may be unavailable or more subjective due to lack of market activity.

87



Assets and liabilities measured at fair value at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows (in thousands):
 Fair Value Measurements Using
December 31, 2015Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Available for sale securities:(1)     
Mortgage-backed securities$
 $21,901
 $
Municipals
 831
 
Equity securities(2)
 7,260
 
Loans held for sale(3)
 86,075
 
Loans(4)(6)
 
 41,420
OREO(5)(6)
 
 278
Derivative assets(7)
 35,292
 
Derivative liabilities(7)
 35,420
 
      
December 31, 2014     
Available for sale securities:(1)     
Mortgage-backed securities$
 $31,065
 $
Municipals
 3,267
 
Equity securities(2)
 7,387
 
Loans held for sale(3)
 
 
Loans(4)(6)
 
 23,536
OREO(5)(6)
 
 568
Derivative assets(7)
 31,176
 
Derivative liabilities(7)
 31,176
 
(1)Securities are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, generally monthly.
(2)Equity securities consist of Community Reinvestment Act funds.
(3)Loans held for sale are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, generally monthly.
(4)Includes impaired loans that have been measured for impairment at the fair value of the loan’s collateral.
(5)OREO is transferred from loans to OREO at fair value less selling costs.
(6)Fair value of loans and OREO is measured on a nonrecurring basis, generally annually or more often as warranted by market and economic conditions
(7)Derivative assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, generally quarterly.
Level 3 Valuations
Financial instruments are considered Level 3 when their values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable. Level 3 financial instruments also include those for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. Currently, we measure fair value for certain loans on a nonrecurring basis as described below.
Loans held for investment
During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, certain impaired loans held for investment were re-evaluated and reported at fair value through a specific valuation allowance allocation of the allowance for possible loan losses based upon the fair value of the underlying collateral. The $41.4 million total above includes impaired loans at December 31, 2015 with a carrying value of $49.7 million that were reduced by specific valuation allowance allocations totaling $8.3 million for a total reported fair value of $41.4 million based on collateral valuations utilizing Level 3 valuation inputs. The $23.5 million total above includes impaired loans at December 31, 2014 with a carrying value of $29.2 million that were reduced by specific valuation allowance allocations totaling $5.7 million for a total reported fair value of $23.5 million based on collateral valuations utilizing Level 3 valuation inputs. Fair values were based on third party appraisals.
OREO
Certain foreclosed assets, upon initial recognition, were valued based on third party appraisals. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, OREO had a carrying value of $278,000 and $568,000, respectively, with no specific valuation allowance. The fair value of OREO was computed based on third party appraisals, which are Level 3 valuation inputs.

88



Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Generally accepted accounting principles require disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized on the balance sheet, for which it is practical to estimate that value. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. This disclosure does not and is not intended to represent the fair value of the Company.
A summary of the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments is as follows (in thousands):
 December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014
  
Carrying
Amount
 
Estimated
Fair Value
 Carrying
Amount
 Estimated
Fair Value
Cash and cash equivalents$1,790,870
 $1,790,870
 $1,330,514
 $1,330,514
Securities, available-for-sale29,992
 29,992
 41,719
 41,719
Loans held for sale86,075
 86,075
 
 
Loans held for investment, net16,570,839
 16,576,297
 14,156,058
 14,161,484
Derivative assets35,292
 35,292
 31,176
 31,176
Deposits15,084,619
 15,085,080
 12,673,300
 12,673,607
Federal funds purchased74,164
 74,164
 66,971
 66,971
Customer repurchase agreements68,887
 68,887
 25,705
 25,705
Other borrowings1,500,000
 1,500,000
 1,100,005
 1,100,005
Subordinated notes286,000
 291,091
 286,000
 289,947
Trust preferred subordinated debentures113,406
 113,406
 113,406
 113,406
Derivative liabilities35,420
 35,420
 31,176
 31,176
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments:
Cash and cash equivalents
The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair value, and these financial instruments are characterized as Level 1 assets in the fair value hierarchy.
Securities
The fair value of investment securities is based on prices obtained from independent pricing services which are based on quoted market prices for the same or similar securities, and these financial instruments are characterized as Level 2 assets in the fair value hierarchy. We have obtained documentation from the primary pricing service we use about their processes and controls over pricing. In addition, on a quarterly basis we independently verify the prices that we receive from the service provider using two additional independent pricing sources. Any significant differences are investigated and resolved.
Loans held for sale
Fair value for loans held for sale valued under the fair value option is derived from quoted market prices for similar loans, and these financial instruments are characterized as Level 2 assets in the fair value hierarchy.
Loans held for investment, net
Loans held for investment are characterized as Level 3 assets in the fair value hierarchy. For variable-rate loans held for investment that reprice frequently with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are generally based on carrying values. The fair value for all other loans held for investment is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. The carrying amount of accrued interest approximates its fair value.
Derivatives
The estimated fair value of the interest rate swaps and caps is obtained from independent pricing services based on quoted market prices for the same or similar derivative contracts and these financial instruments are characterized as Level 2 assets in the fair value hierarchy. On a quarterly basis, we independently verify the fair value using an additional independent pricing source. The derivative instruments related to the loans held for sale portfolio include loan purchase commitmentsfinancial and forward

89



sales commitments. Loan purchase commitments are valued based upon the fair value of the underlying mortgage loans to be purchased, which is based on observable market data. Forward sales commitments are valued based upon the quoted market prices from brokers. As such, these loan purchase commitments and forward sales commitments are classified as Level 2 assets in the fair value hierarchy.
Deposits
Deposits are characterized as Level 3 liabilities in the fair value hierarchy. The carrying amounts for variable-rate money market accounts approximate their fair value. Fixed-term certificates of deposit fair values are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities.
Federal funds purchased, customer repurchase agreements, other borrowings, subordinated notes and trust preferred subordinated debentures
The carrying value reported in the consolidated balance sheets for Federal funds purchased, customer repurchase agreements and other short-term, floating rate borrowings approximates their fair value, and these financial instruments are characterized as Level 2 assets in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value of any fixed rate short-term borrowings and trust preferred subordinated debentures are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on similar borrowings, and these financial instruments are characterized as Level 3 liabilities in the fair value hierarchy. The subordinated notes are publicly, though infrequently, traded and are valued based on market prices, which are characterized as Level 2 liabilities in the fair value hierarchy.
(17) Commitments and Contingencies
We lease various premises under operating leases with various expiration dates ranging from July 2016 through February 2025. Rent expense incurred under operating leases amounted to approximately $15.3 million, $13.6 million and $10.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Minimum future lease payments under operating leases are as follows (in thousands):
  
Year ending December 31,
Minimum
Payments
2016$15,572
201715,667
201815,633
201915,345
202014,501
2021 and thereafter39,059
 $115,777

90



(18) Parent Company Only
Summarized financial information for Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. – Parent Company Only follows (in thousands):
Balance Sheet
 December 31,
  
2015 2014
Assets   
Cash and cash equivalents$53,061
 $176,324
Investment in subsidiaries1,714,158
 1,459,092
Other assets86,359
 82,783
Total assets$1,853,578
 $1,718,199
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity   
Other liabilities$1,119
 $1,328
Subordinated notes111,000
 111,000
Trust preferred subordinated debentures113,406
 113,406
Total liabilities225,525
 225,734
Preferred stock150,000
 150,000
Common stock459
 457
Additional paid-in capital724,698
 719,890
Retained earnings752,186
 620,837
Treasury stock(8) (8)
Accumulated other comprehensive income718
 1,289
Total stockholders’ equity1,628,053
 1,492,465
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$1,853,578
 $1,718,199

Statement of Earnings
 Year ended December 31,
  2015 2014 2013
Loan income$3,250
 $10,850
 $10,382
Dividend income10,400
 5,275
 76
Other income76
 28
 72
Total income13,726
 16,153
 10,530
Other non-interest income8
 
 
Interest expense9,867
 10,038
 9,863
Salaries and employee benefits499
 617
 669
Legal and professional1,640
 2,237
 2,605
Other non-interest expense1,637
 933
 651
Total expense13,643
 13,825
 13,788
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in undistributed income of subsidiary91
 2,328
 (3,258)
Income tax expense (benefit)33
 833
 (1,165)
Income (loss) before equity in undistributed income of subsidiary58
 1,495
 (2,093)
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiary141,041
 132,980
 123,144
Net income141,099
 134,475
 121,051
Preferred stock dividends9,750
 9,750
 7,394
Net income available to common stockholders$131,349
 $124,725
 $113,657


91



Statements of Cash Flows
 Year ended December 31,
  2015 2014 2013
 (in thousands)
Operating Activities     
Net income$141,099
 $134,475
 $121,051
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:     
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiary(141,041) (132,980) (123,144)
Increase in other assets(2,123) (2,120) (2,413)
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements(1,499) (2,929) (1,200)
Increase in other liabilities(209) 74
 37
Net cash used in operating activities of continuing operations(3,773) (3,480) (5,669)
Investing Activities     
Investments in and advances to subsidiaries(110,000) (100,000) (240,000)
Net cash used in investing activities(110,000) (100,000) (240,000)
Financing Activities     
Proceeds from sale of stock related to stock-based awards(1,239) (2,203) (2,210)
Proceeds from sale of common stock
 256,223
 
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
 
 144,987
Preferred dividends paid(9,750) (9,750) (6,960)
Issuance of subordinated notes
 
 
Net other borrowings
 (15,000) 15,000
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements1,499
 2,929
 1,200
Net cash provided by financing activities(9,490) 232,199
 152,017
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents(123,263) 128,719
 (93,652)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year176,324
 47,605
 141,257
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year$53,061
 $176,324
 $47,605
(19) Related Party Transactions
See Note 8 for a description of deposits from related parties.
(20) Derivative Financial Instruments
During 2015 and 2014, we entered into certain interest rate derivative positions that were not designated as hedging instruments. These derivative positions relate to transactions in which we enter into an interest rate swap, cap and/or floor with a customer while at the same time entering into an offsetting interest rate swap, cap and/or floor with another financial institution. In connection with each swap transaction, we agree to pay interest to the customer on a notional amount at a variable interest rate and receive interest from the customer on a similar notional amount at a fixed interest rate. At the same time, we agree to pay another financial institution the same fixed interest rate on the same notional amount and receive the same variable interest rate on the same notional amount. The transaction allows our customer to effectively convert a variable rate loan to a fixed rate. Because we act as an intermediary for our customer, changes in the fair value of the underlying derivative contracts substantially offset each other and do not have a material impact on our results of operations.
During 2015, we also entered into loan purchase commitment contracts with mortgage originators to purchase residential mortgage loans at a future date, as well as forward sales commitment contracts to sell residential mortgage loans at a future date.

92



The notional amounts and estimated fair values of interest rate derivative positions outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014 presented in the following table (in thousands):
 December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014
   Estimated Fair Value   Estimated Fair Value
  
Notional
Amount
 Asset DerivativeLiability Derivative 
Notional
Amount
 Asset DerivativeLiability Derivative
Non-hedging interest rate derivatives:         
Financial institution counterparties:         
Commercial loan/lease interest rate swaps$976,389
 $
$33,851
 $866,432
 $361
$30,162
Commercial loan/lease interest rate caps194,304
 1,441

 63,414
 1,014

Customer counterparties:         
Commercial loan/lease interest rate swaps976,389
 33,851

 866,432
 30,162
361
Commercial loan/lease interest rate caps194,304
 
1,441
 63,414
 
1,014
Economic hedging interest rate derivatives:         
Loan purchase commitments62,835
 
109
 
 

Forward sale commitments143,200
 
19
 
 

Gross derivatives  35,292
35,420
   31,537
31,537
Offsetting derivative assets/liabilities  

   (361)(361)
Net derivatives included in the consolidated balance sheets  $35,292
$35,420
   $31,176
$31,176

The weighted-average receive and pay interest rates for interest rate swaps outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:
  
December 31, 2015
Weighted-Average Interest  Rate
 December 31, 2014
Weighted-Average Interest  Rate
  
Received Paid Received Paid
Non-hedging interest rate swaps2.96% 4.72% 2.79% 4.82%
The weighted-average strike rate for outstanding interest rate caps was 2.34% at December 31, 2015 and 1.44% at December 31, 2014.
Our credit exposure on interest rate swaps and caps is limited to the net favorable value and interest payments of all swaps and caps by each counterparty. In such cases collateral may be required from the counterparties involved if the net value of the swaps and caps exceeds a nominal amount considered to be immaterial. Our credit exposure, net of any collateral pledged, relating to interest rate swaps and caps was approximately $35.3 million at December 31, 2015 and approximately $31.2 million at December 31, 2014, all of which relates to Bank customers. Collateral levels are monitored and adjusted on a regular basis for changes in interest rate swap and cap values. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, we had $37.1 million and $30.2 million in cash collateral pledged for these derivatives included in interest-bearing deposits.
(21) Stockholders’ Equity
In January 2009, we issued $75 million of perpetual preferred stock and related warrants under the U.S. Department of Treasury’s voluntary Capital Purchase Program. The preferred stock was repurchased in May 2009 and the U.S. Treasury auctioned the related warrants in the first quarter of 2010. As of December 31, 2015, warrants to purchase 581,500 shares at $14.84 per share are still outstanding.
On March 28, 2013, we completed a sale of 6.0 million shares of 6.5% non-cumulative preferred stock, par value $0.01, with a liquidation preference of $25 per share, in a public offering. Dividends on the preferred stock are not cumulative and will be paid when declared by our board of directors to the extent that we have lawfully available funds to pay dividends. If declared, dividends will accrue and be payable quarterly, in arrears, on the liquidation preference amount, on a non-cumulative basis, at a rate of 6.50% per annum. We paid $9.8 million in dividends on the preferred stock for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. Holders of preferred stock do not have voting rights, except with respect to authorizing or increasing the authorized amount of senior stock, certain changes in the terms of the preferred stock, certain dividend non-payments and as otherwise required by applicable law. Net proceeds from the sale totaled $145.0 million. The additional equity was used for general corporate purposes, including funding regulatory capital infusions into the Bank.

93



In January 2014, we completed an offering of 1.9 million shares of our common stock. Net proceeds from the sale totaled $106.5 million. The net proceeds of the offering were available to the Company for general corporate purposes, including retirement of $15.0 million of short-term debt that was outstanding at December 31, 2013, and additional capital to support continued loan growth.
On November 12, 2014, we completed a sale of 2.5 million of our common stock in a public offering. Net proceeds from the sale totaled $149.6 million. The additional equity will be used for general corporate purposes and additional capital to support continued loan growth.

(22) Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)
The tables below summarize our quarterly financial information for the years December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands except per share and average share data):
 2015 Selected Quarterly Financial Data
  
Fourth Third Second First
Interest income$154,820
 $153,856
 $153,374
 $140,908
Interest expense12,632
 11,808
 11,089
 10,899
Net interest income142,188
 142,048
 142,285
 130,009
Provision for credit losses14,000
 13,750
 14,500
 11,000
Net interest income after provision for credit losses128,188
 128,298
 127,785
 119,009
Non-interest income11,320
 11,380
 12,771
 12,267
Non-interest expense87,042
 81,688
 81,276
 76,517
Income before income taxes52,466
 57,990
 59,280
 54,759
Income tax expense17,713
 20,876
 21,343
 19,709
Net income34,753
 37,114
 37,937
 35,050
Preferred stock dividends2,437
 2,438
 2,437
 2,438
Net income available to common stockholders$32,316
 $34,676
 $35,500
 $32,612
Basic earnings per share:$0.70
 $0.76
 $0.78
 $0.71
Diluted earnings per share:$0.70
 $0.75
 $0.76
 $0.70
Average shares       
Basic45,856,000
 45,828,000
 45,790,000
 45,759,000
Diluted46,480,000
 46,471,000
 46,443,000
 46,368,000

94



 2014 Selected Quarterly Financial Data
 Fourth Third Second First
Interest income$137,833
 $135,290
 $124,813
 $116,611
Interest expense10,251
 9,629
 9,406
 8,296
Net interest income127,582
 125,661
 115,407
 108,315
Provision for credit losses6,500
 6,500
 4,000
 5,000
Net interest income after provision for credit losses121,082
 119,161
 111,407
 103,315
Non-interest income11,226
 10,396
 10,533
 10,356
Non-interest expense74,117
 71,915
 69,765
 69,317
Income before income taxes58,191
 57,642
 52,175
 44,354
Income tax expense20,357
 20,810
 18,754
 16,089
Net income37,834
 36,832
 33,421
 28,265
Preferred stock dividends2,437
 2,438
 2,437
 2,438
Net income available to common stockholders$35,397
 $34,394
 $30,984
 $25,827
Basic earnings per share:$0.80
 $0.80
 $0.72
 $0.61
Diluted earnings per share:$0.78
 $0.78
 $0.71
 $0.60
Average shares       
Basic44,406,000
 43,144,000
 43,075,000
 42,298,000
Diluted45,093,000
 43,850,000
 43,845,000
 43,220,000
(23) New Accounting Standards

ASU 2014-04 “Receivables (Topic 310) - Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors” (“ASU 2014-04”) amends Topic 310 “Receivables” to clarify the terms defining when an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, which determines when the receivable should be derecognized and the real estate property is recognized. ASU 2014-04 became effective for us on January 1, 2015 and did not have a significant impact on our financial statements.
ASU 2014-11 "Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860) - Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings and Disclosures ("ASU 2014-11") requires that repurchase-to-maturity transactions be accounted for as secured borrowings consistent with the accounting for other repurchase agreements. The amendments to ASU 2014-11 update the accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions and link repurchase financings to secured borrowing accounting, which is consistent with the accounting for other repurchase agreements. ASU 2014-11 also requires two new disclosures. The first disclosure requires an entity to disclose information on transfers accounted for as sales that are economically similar to repurchase agreements. The second disclosure provides added transparency about the types of collateral pledged in repurchase agreements and similar transactions accounted for as secured borrowings. ASU 2014-11 became effective for us on January 1, 2015 and did not have a significant impact on our financial statements.
ASU 2014-12 "Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718) - Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period" ("ASU 2014-12") requires that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. ASU 2014-12 is intended to resolve the diverse accounting treatments of these types of awards in practice and is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and is not expected to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.
ASU 2015-01 "Income Statement - Extraordinary and Unusual Items (Subtopic 225-20) - Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items" ("ASU 2015-01") eliminates from U.S. GAAP the concept of extraordinary items, which required separate classification, presentation and disclosure in the income statement. ASU 2015-01 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and is not expected to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.
ASU 2015-03 "Interest - Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30) - Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs" ("ASU 2015-03") requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected by the amendments in ASU 2015-03. ASU 2015-03 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and is not expected to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

95



ASU 2015-05 "Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40) - Customer's Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement" ("ASU 2015-05") provides guidance to customers about whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If the arrangement includes a software license, then the customer should account for the software license element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If the arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. ASU 2015-05 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and is not expected to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.
ASU 2015-15 "Interest - Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30) - Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line-of-Credit Arrangements - Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to Staff Announcement at June 18, 2015 EITF Meeting ("ASU 2015-15") adds SEC paragraphs confirming that, given the absence of authoritative guidance within ASU 2015-03 for debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements, the SEC staff would not object to an entity deferring and presenting debt issuance costs as an asset and subsequently amortizing the deferred debt issuance costs ratably over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement, regardless of whether there are any outstanding borrowings on the line-of-credit arrangement. ASU 2015-15 was effective when issued and is not expected to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.
ASU 2014-09 "Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)" ("ASU 2014-09") implements a common revenue standard that clarifies the principles for recognizing revenue. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 establishes a five-step model which entities must follow to recognize revenue and removes inconsistencies and weaknesses in existing guidance. ASU 2014-09 was originally going to be effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016; however, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14 - "Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) - Deferral of the Effective Date" which deferred the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year to annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017. ASU 2014-09 is not expected to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

96



ITEM 9.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A.CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our management, with the supervision and participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, we have concluded that, as of the end of such period, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in recording, processing, summarizing and reporting, on a timely basis, information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act and were effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company's management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the period covered by this report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
regulatory and legal compliance. The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
As of December 31, 2015, management assessed the effectiveness ofAudit Committee also oversees the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, based on the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013),” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO)management’s preparation of the Treadway Commission. Based on the assessment, management determined thatfinancial statements of the Company, maintained effective internal control over financial reporting asthe Company’s methodology for establishing the allowance for loan and lease losses and the sufficiency of December 31, 2015.
Ernst & Young LLP,quarterly provisions for loan and lease losses, and reviews and assesses the independence and qualifications of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee appoints the firm selected to be the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and monitors the performance of such firm, reviews and approves the scope of the annual audit and quarterly reviews and reviews with the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Company’s annual audit and annual consolidated financial statements of the Company included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness ofstatements. The Committee also oversees the Company’s internal control overaudit staff, which includes reviewing with management the status of internal accounting controls, and evaluates areas having a potential financial reporting as of December 31, 2015. The report, which expresses an unqualified opinionor regulatory impact on the effectivenessCompany that may be brought to the Committee’s attention by management, the independent registered public accounting firm, the board of directors or by employees or other sources, including the Company’s internal control overconfidential "hotline" maintained to allow employees to confidentially report matters requiring attention. The Audit Committee members are James H. Browning (chair), David S. Huntley, Charles S. Hyle and Patricia A. Watson. The board of directors has determined that Mr. Browning and Mr. Hyle qualify as "audit committee financial reportingexperts" as of December 31, 2015, is included in this Item under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

97



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc.

We have audited Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issueddefined by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations ofSEC, Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rules and as further defined by applicable statutes and regulations, and also satisfy the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). Texas Capital Bancshares Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control overNasdaq Stock Market’s financial reporting,sophistication requirements and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.independence definition.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Texas Capital Bancshares Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based onthe COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income and other comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015 and our report dated February 18, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Dallas, Texas
February 18, 2016

98



ITEM 9B.OTHER INFORMATION
None.
ITEM 10.DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Information required by this item is set forth in our definitive proxy materials regarding our annual meeting of stockholders to be held May 17, 2016, which proxy materials will be filed with the SEC no later than April 7, 2016.
ITEM 11.EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
InformationReport of the Human Resources Committee on the Compensation Discussion and Analysis
The Human Resources Committee ("HR Committee") has reviewed and discussed with management the Compensation Discussion and Analysis included in this Report. Based on such review and discussion, the HR Committee recommended to the board of directors that this Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The Human Resources Committee
Dale W. Tremblay, Chair
Elysia Holt Ragusa
Steven P. Rosenberg
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
This Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides an overview of our compensation programs, explains our compensation philosophy, policies and practices, and describes the material compensation decisions we have made under such programs to our NEOs for 2019, which include Mr. Cargill, Ms. Anderson, Mr. Ackerson, and Mr. Turpen.
In view of the Company’s competitive performance, historical earnings levels and growth in earnings, the HR Committee believes that the Company’s executive compensation philosophy and practices have been successful in attracting and retaining talented, dedicated executive officers and providing them with competitive compensation levels that are properly aligned with shareholder interests.
2019 Financial and Business Highlights
Net income of $322.9 million, increasing 7% from 2018 and 64% from 2017;
Net interest income of $979.7 million compared to $914.9 million in 2018 and $761.3 million in 2017;
Earnings per share of $6.21 compared to $5.79 in 2018 and $3.73 in 2017;
11% increase in total loans, primarily due to growth in total mortgage finance loans; and
28% increase in total deposits compared to prior year.
The Company performed well in 2019, reporting record net income of $322.9 million. We benefited from continued growth in total mortgage finance loans, including mortgage correspondent aggregation loans, and total deposits. Our net interest income

7



reached a record of $979.7 million, primarily due to an increase in average earning assets of $5.7 billion, offset by the effect of decreases in interest rates on loan yields, an increase in average interest-bearing liabilities of $4.3 billion and the effect of increasing funding costs. These results were accomplished organically without dilutive acquisitions and are consistent with the Company’s high level of performance over the past five years. At $6.21 per share, 2019 was the best earnings per share ("EPS") year in our history.
Executive Summary
Our compensation philosophy demands that executive compensation track appropriately to the Company’s economic performance, as well as management’s performance. The HR Committee and the board of directors believe that the Company’s financial performance and our management’s overall performance in 2019 were outstanding.
The HR Committee believes that executive pay and performance of the Company continue to be appropriately aligned. The key NEO pay decisions during 2019 were as follows:
NEOs received salary increases ranging from 3% to 6% in 2019. Salary increases were determined by the HR Committee, as described in more detail under "Base Salary."
For 2019, annual incentive payouts for NEOs were at 132.5% of target. As described in more detail under "Annual Incentive Plan"the annual incentive plan was based on achievement of performance goals related to net income and credit quality, as well as individual management strategic objectives ("MSOs").
Long-term incentive awards in the form of time-based restricted stock units ("RSUs") and performance-based RSUs were granted to NEOs in March 2019, as described in more detail under "Long-Term Incentive Compensation."
Objectives of Executive Compensation
We provide a compensation package for our NEOs that is primarily driven by the overall economic performance of the Company, together with a focus on the performance of each executive, which we believe impacts our overall long-term profitability. The objectives of our executive compensation programs are:
to attract and retain highly qualified executive officers by providing total compensation opportunities that are competitive with those provided in the industry and commensurate with the Company’s business strategy and performance objectives;
to provide incentive and motivation for our executive officers to enhance stockholder value by linking their compensation to the value of our common stock;
to provide an appropriate mix of fixed and variable pay components to establish a "pay-for-performance" oriented compensation program; and
to provide competitive compensation opportunities and financial incentives without imposing excessive risk to the Company, and to ensure that appropriate standards related to asset quality, capital management and expense management are maintained.
Oversight of Executive Compensation Program
The HR Committee of our board of directors oversees our executive compensation programs. Each member of the HR Committee is an "independent director" as defined by the Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rules. With approval by the board, the HR Committee has developed and applied a compensation philosophy that focuses on a combination of competitive base salary and incentive compensation, including cash and equity-based programs, which are directly tied to performance and creation of stockholder value.
The HR Committee meets throughout the year, including formal meetings, informal conferences and discussions with management and consultants. The HR Committee works with executive management, primarily our CEO, to assess the compensation approach and compensation levels for our executive officers and key employees other than the CEO. The HR Committee makes recommendations to the board of directors with respect to the overall executive compensation and employment benefits, philosophy and objectives of the Company. The HR Committee establishes objectives for the Company’s CEO and sets the CEO’s compensation based, in part, on the evaluation of market data provided by its independent consultant. The HR Committee also reviews and recommends to the board the Company's annual and long-term incentive plans for executive officers and key employees.
The HR Committee regularly reviews the Company’s compensation programs to ensure that compensation levels and incentive opportunities are competitive and reflect performance. Factors considered in assessing the compensation of individual officers may include the Company’s overall performance, the officer’s experience, performance and contribution to the Company, the achievement of strategic goals, external equity and market value, internal equity, fairness and retention. There are no material differences in compensation policies and approach among the NEOs, as all relate primarily to performance and contribution in achieving consolidated results. In the case of the NEOs other than the CEO, the CEO makes recommendations to the HR Committee regarding salary increases, annual incentive amounts and total compensation levels.

8



Compensation Risk Oversight
The HR Committee regularly reviews all compensation plans to identify whether any of the Company’s or the Bank’s compensatory policies or practices incent behavior that creates excessive or unnecessary risk to the Company. In 2018, the HR Committee conducted a risk assessment with the assistance of Pearl Meyer & Partners, LLC ("Pearl Meyer"), its independent compensation advisor. In 2019, the HR Committee reviewed the 2018 risk assessment in light of the current status of the Company and its compensation policies and practices. Based on the results of this review, the HR Committee determined that our compensation program does not create risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company.
Equity Incentive Philosophy
The HR Committee believes that the direct ownership of substantial amounts of common stock combined with stock-settled incentives combine to strongly align the interests of the Company’s senior executive officers with the interests of stockholders. The Company’s NEO compensation arrangements place a large amount of each individual’s future compensation “at risk” relative to the performance of the Company’s common stock. Our NEOs’ significant investments in our common stock, as required by our executive stock ownership guidelines, also make our executives sensitive to declines in our stock price.
The HR Committee generally considers the returns realized by stockholders through increases or decreases in the price of the Company’s common stock in the course of establishing NEO equity incentive compensation performance targets and in determining annual incentive compensation and vesting of long-term performance-based incentives, but has determined that it would be inappropriate to base specific incentive compensation award amounts or vesting determinations on stockholder return measures such as total stockholder return. This is primarily based upon concern that the Company’s NEO compensation measures not incent excessive risk-taking behavior in times when market perceptions of matters outside of our executives’ control, such as future commodity price risk, interest rate changes, earnings multiples applied to financial services companies generally, tax law changes or the expectation of future easing of regulatory compliance costs, introduce significant volatility into our stock price.
Our long-term performance-based incentives are earned based on achievement of performance measures such as EPS and return on equity ("ROE"). These performance measures are based on the Company’s financial performance and take into account the importance of balancing the risk appetite and risk management framework established by the board of directors, regulatory expectations for safe and sound operation of a federally insured bank and the desire and ability of our executive leadership and employees to achieve long-term, sustainable growth in stockholder value.
Consideration of Most Recent Advisory Stockholder Vote on Executive Compensation
At our 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, we received the affirmative support of 97% of votes cast in favor of our 2018 executive compensation, as disclosed in the 2019 Proxy Statement. The board and the HR Committee value the perspectives of our stockholders on executive compensation. In considering the results of this itemadvisory vote, the HR Committee concluded that the compensation paid to our NEOs and the Company’s overall pay practices enjoy strong stockholder support.
The Company maintains active engagement with our stockholders, communicating directly with the holders of more than 50% of our outstanding common stock each year regarding the Company’s performance and responding to any questions or issues they may raise. Future advisory votes on executive compensation will continue to serve as an additional tool to guide the board and the HR Committee in evaluating the alignment of the Company’s executive compensation program with the interests of the Company and its stockholders.
An advisory vote at the Company’s 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders confirmed that stockholders overwhelmingly favored an annual advisory vote on executive compensation. Consistent with this preference, the board implemented an annual advisory vote on executive compensation until the next required vote on the frequency of stockholder votes on executive compensation, which is scheduled to occur at the 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
Role of the Compensation Consultant
The HR Committee engaged Pearl Meyer as its independent executive compensation consulting firm for 2019 to provide:
expertise on compensation strategy and program design;
information relating to the selection of the Company’s peer group and compensation practices employed by the peer group and overall market;
advice regarding structuring and establishing executive compensation plans or arrangements that are aligned with the objectives of the Company and the interests of stockholders; and
recommendations to the HR Committee concerning the existing executive compensation programs and changes to such programs.
The HR Committee has determined that a formal executive compensation market/peer review will be performed every other year and engaged Pearl Meyer to perform such review most recently in 2018, which we refer to as the Pearl Meyer 2018

9



Review. The Pearl Meyer 2018 Review provided the HR Committee with a market competitive executive compensation analysis for the NEOs, including base salary, annual incentives, long-term incentives and nonqualified deferred compensation plans, including retirement benefits. To assist in determining 2019 base salaries and incentive compensation, the HR Committee used the Pearl Meyer 2018 Report Review and market data regarding performance of comparable financial services companies, and considered the Company’s financial performance and each NEO’s individual performance. The next executive compensation market/peer review will be performed in 2020.
Pearl Meyer provided its executive compensation consulting services under the direction of the HR Committee and did not provide any additional services to the Company. Our management provides input to the compensation consultant but does not direct or oversee its activities with respect to our executive compensation programs. In order not to impair the independence of the compensation consultant, or create the appearance of an impairment, the Committee follows a policy that the compensation consulting firm may not provide other services to the Company. The HR Committee has evaluated Pearl Meyer’s independence, including the factors relating to independence specified in Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rules, and determined Pearl Meyer to be independent.
Peer Company Compensation Data
The HR Committee works with the independent consultant to collect and review competitive market compensation practices. As one point of reference, the HR Committee reviews compensation practices for a peer group of publicly traded bank holding companies of comparable size. The peer group used in evaluating and setting 2019 NEO compensation included the following:
Associated Banc-CorpPacWest Bancorp
BankUnited, Inc.Pinnacle Financial Partners, Inc.
BOK Financial CorporationProsperity Bancshares Inc.
Cullen/Frost Bankers, Inc.Signature Bank
First Midwest Bancorp, Inc.SVB Financial Group
F.N.B. CorporationWestern Alliance Bancorporation
IberiaBank CorporationWintrust Financial Corporation
The HR Committee targets total compensation paid to the Company’s executive officers to be aligned with the 50th percentile of the Company’s peer group and market. Some executive officers may be below the 50th percentile, while some may be above, depending on the facts and circumstances of each executive including experience, time in position and performance.
Elements of our Compensation Program
Our compensation program for executive officers consists of the following elements:
base salary;
annual incentive compensation;
long-term incentive compensation; and
other retirement and health benefits.
Base Salary
Base salaries are designed to compensate executive officers for their roles and responsibilities and to provide competitive levels of fixed compensation that reflects their experience, duties and scope of responsibilities. We pay competitive base salaries in order to recruit and retain executives of the quality necessary to ensure the success of our Company. Base salaries for the NEOs are subject to annual review, but are not always adjusted on an annual basis. The HR Committee determines the appropriate level and timing of changes in base compensation for the NEOs (other than the CEO) based on the recommendation of the CEO. In making determinations of salary levels for the NEOs, the HR Committee considers the entire compensation package for each NEO, including annual incentive compensation and equity-based compensation provided under our long-term compensation plan.
The HR Committee determines the level of periodic salary increases after reviewing:
the qualifications, experience and performance of each executive officer;
the compensation paid to persons having similar duties and responsibilities in our peer group companies; and
the nature of the Bank’s business, the complexity of its activities and the importance of the executive’s experience to the success of the business.
After considering these factors, reviewing results of the Pearl Meyer 2018 Review and discussing proposed salaries for the other NEOs with the CEO, the HR Committee recommended and the board approved annual salaries, with the indicated percentage increases, effective March 1, 2019, as follows: Mr. Cargill $1,000,000 (4%), Ms. Anderson $500,000 (4%), Mr. Ackerson $540,500 (6%), and Mr. Turpen $455,000 (3%).

10



Annual Incentive Compensation
We provide annual cash incentive opportunities to motivate and reward the NEOs for achievement of financial results as well as strategic and business objectives. A target bonus opportunity is set for each NEO as a percentage of base salary, with the percentage varying depending on their position. For 2019, the annual incentive target amounts for the NEOs were as follows:
Executive Officer
Target Incentive
(% of Base Salary)
Target Incentive
($)
C. Keith Cargill115%$1,150,000
Julie L. Anderson80%$400,000
Vince A. Ackerson85%$459,425
John G. Turpen75%$341,250
Actual incentive amounts that could be earned by the NEOs for 2019 were based on the level of achievement of performance goals relating to the following key metrics: net income (65%), credit quality (25%) and MSOs (10%).
For the net income metric, NEOs could earn between 25% (for performance at threshold levels) and 150% (for performance above target levels) of their respective weighted target bonus amounts. With respect to the net income metric, the target performance goal was $327.0 million, which would result in a payout of 100% of the weighted target incentive; the threshold performance goal was $280.0 million, resulting in a payout of 25% of the weighted target incentive; and the maximum threshold performance goal was $360.0 million, resulting in a payout of 150% of the weighted target incentive.
For the credit quality metric, NEOs could earn between 0% and 100% of the weighted target amount based on performance measured against board-approved guidelines and tolerances reviewed by the Risk Committee throughout the year.
For the MSO metric, NEOs could earn between 0% and 100% of the weighted target amount based on the HR Committee’s qualitative assessment of the NEO’s successful completion of specific business and financial objectives and strategic initiatives related to the NEO’s areas of responsibility in the business as approved by the HR Committee at the beginning of the year.
In addition, in determining the amount of annual incentives earned, the HR Committee considers the performance of the Company relative to its peer group, and also considers the entire compensation package of each of the NEOs and the performance of that individual.
The HR Committee met in February 2020 to consider the Company’s performance against incentive goals and to determine the annual incentives to be paid to the NEOs. For 2019, the following results were achieved and considered in determining NEO incentive compensation:
Adjusted net income of $373.2 million, which exceeded 150% of target for this metric, resulting in a maximum payout of 97.5% of each NEO’s aggregate target amount. Net income for the period was adjusted upward for the net impact of unanticipated declines in interest rates experienced in 2019 and was adjusted downward for gains related to the settlement of certain legal claims in 2019, both of which were determined by the HR Committee not to be attributable to management’s performance.
Credit quality results were measured against board-approved guidelines and tolerances reviewed by the Risk Committee throughout the year and were determined to equal 100% of target for this metric, resulting in a payout of 25.0% of each NEO’s aggregate target amount.
Achievement of individual MSOs were reviewed and determined by the HR Committee to equal 100% of target for this metric for each NEO, resulting in a payout of 10.0% of each NEO’s aggregate target amount.
Based on the achievement of the financial, business and individual performance goals described above, the HR Committee awarded the following annual incentives to the NEOs for fiscal year 2019:
Executive Officer
Target Incentive
($)
Incentive Earned
(% of Target)
Incentive Earned
($)
C. Keith Cargill$1,150,000132.5%$1,523,750
Julie L. Anderson$400,000132.5%$530,000
Vince A. Ackerson$459,425132.5%$608,738
John G. Turpen$341,250132.5%$452,156
Long-Term Incentive Compensation
Long-term incentive awards for our NEOs include equity-based awards that are designed to directly align the interests of the NEOs with those of our stockholders and to motivate the NEOs to increase the value of the Company to stockholders over the long term.

11



2019 Grant of Equity Awards
In February 2019, the Company made an annual grant of equity awards to the NEOs. The 2019 equity awards consisted of RSUs, 50% of which were time-based awards and 50% of which were performance-based awards. The time-based RSUs vest on the third anniversary of the grant date, subject to the executive’s continued employment with the Company. The performance-based RSUs may be earned in amounts ranging from 0% to 150% of the target award, based on the Company’s level of achievement of performance goals relating to (i) average EPS growth (25% weighting), (ii) average EPS growth relative to a peer group (25% weighting), (iii) average ROE relative to the Company’s three-year plan (25% weighting), and (iv) average ROE relative to a peer group (25% weighting) for the three-year period ending December 31, 2021.
When considering the 2019 awards, the HR Committee started with an intended target value for each NEO, which was based on a percentage of his or her base salary. For 2019, the target values for equity awards to the NEOs, as a percentage of their respective base salaries, were as follow: Mr. Cargill, 230%; Ms. Anderson, 115%; Mr. Ackerson, 120%; and Mr. Turpen, 100%. The amounts of the grants were based on a variety of factors deemed relevant by the HR Committee, including the Company’s performance, the NEO’s level of responsibility, an assessment of individual performance made by the Committee, including discussion of the performance of the other NEOs with the CEO, and competitive market data. The number of time-based RSUs and the target number of performance-based RSUs (including the threshold and maximum number of performance-based RSUs that could be earned) granted to each NEO are set forth below in the 2019 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table.
The RSUs will be forfeited upon an NEO’s termination of employment, except as otherwise provided below. The RSUs provide for accelerated vesting if an NEO is terminated without cause or terminates his or her employment for good reason (each as defined in the NEO’s employment agreement) following a change in control of the Company, regardless of whether the performance criteria have been achieved. If an NEO violates the provisions of any agreement with the Company that contains confidentiality, non-solicitation or other protective or restrictive covenant provisions, any unvested awards will cease to vest, any undelivered shares will be forfeited and any net shares delivered to the NEO with respect to the awards must be immediately returned to the Company.
2017 Grants of Performance-Based RSUs - Performance Results and Payouts
The Company made an annual grant of RSUs in March 2017. The grants were structured in a manner consistent with the 2019 grants described above, with awards consisting of 50% time-based RSUs and 50% performance-based RSUs. The 2017 performance-based RSUs could be earned in amounts ranging from 0% to 150% of the target award, based on the Company’s level of achievement of performance goals relating to EPS compound annual growth rate ("CAGR") and average ROE over a three-year performance period.
The following table sets forth the range of specific targets, relative weights and resulting payouts for the 2017 performance-based RSUs for the three-year period ending December 31, 2019, as established at the time the awards were granted:
Target
EPS CAGR
(25% weight)
Payout
(as a % of
weighted Target
Award)
 
Target
EPS CAGR
Peer Rank
(25% weight)
Payout
(as a % of
weighted Target
Award)
 
Target
Average ROE
(25% weight)
Payout
(as a % of
weighted Target
Award)
 
Target
Average ROE
Peer Rank
(25% weight)
Payout
(as a % of
weighted Target
Award)
5%50% Bottom quartile0% 9.6%50% Bottom quartile0%
10%75% 
25th to 39.9th%
50% 9.8%75% 
25th to 39.9th%
50%
15%100% 
40th to 59.9th%
100% 10.0%100% 
40th to 59.9th%
100%
18%125% 
60th to74.9th%
125% 10.2%125% 
60th to74.9th%
125%
20%150% Top Quartile150% 10.4%150% Top Quartile150%
Payouts for results falling between the specified values reflected above are determined based on straight-line interpolation.
The three-year performance period with respect to the 2017 performance-based RSUs concluded on December 31, 2019. The following table sets forth the Company’s actual achievement of performance goals for the 2017 performance-based RSUs and the resulting payout percentages. Actual EPS was adjusted downward for the impact of a reduction in the Company’s income tax rate as a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act enacted in December 2017 that the HR Committee determined did not result from management’s performance.
Adjusted
EPS CAGR
(25% weight)
Payout
(as a % of
weighted Target
Award)
 
Adjusted
EPS CAGR
Peer Rank
(25% weight)
Payout
(as a % of
weighted Target
Award)
 
Actual
Average ROE
(25% weight)
Payout
(as a % of
weighted Target
Award)
 
Actual
Average ROE
Peer Rank
(25% weight)
Payout
(as a % of
weighted Target
Award)
17.8%123% 
60th%
125% 11.68%150% 
60th%
125%

12



Based on the Company’s actual achievement of performance goals for the three-year period ending December 31, 2019, the NEOs who received 2017 performance-based RSUs earned the following payouts:
Executive Officer
Target Award of 2017
Performance-Based RSUs
Aggregate Payout Factor
(% of Target Award)
Shares Earned
and Paid Out
C. Keith Cargill10,008130.8%13,086
Julie L. Anderson2,032130.8%2,657
Vince A. Ackerson2,519130.8%3,294
Other Benefits
Retirement Savings Opportunity. All employees may participate in our 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan (the "401(k) Plan"). Each employee may make before-tax contributions of up to 85% of their eligible compensation, subject to current Internal Revenue Service limits. We provide the 401(k) Plan to help our employees save some amount of their cash compensation for retirement in a tax efficient manner. Since 2006, we have matched contributions made by our employees to the 401(k) Plan based upon a formula that considers the amount contributed by the respective employee, with a vesting scheduled based upon the employee’s tenure with the Company. The matching contributions for each NEO are set forth in the 2019 All Other Compensation Table. We do not provide an option for our definitive proxy materials regardingemployees to invest in our common stock through the 401(k) Plan. We have not historically provided any retirement plans, such as defined benefit, defined contribution, supplemental executive retirement benefits, retiree medical or deferred compensation plans requiring mandatory Company contributions, to our employees or the NEOs, other than the 401(k) Plan and the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan described below.
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan. The Company offers a nonqualified deferred compensation plan for our executives and key members of management in order to assist us in attracting and retaining these individuals. Participants in the plan may elect to defer up to 75% of their annual meetingsalary and/or short-term incentive payout into deferral accounts that mirror the gains or losses of specified investment funds or market indexes approved by the HR Committee and selected by the participants. These investment alternatives are similar to the choices under the 401(k) Plan. The gains and losses credited to each participant’s deferral account are subject to the same investment risk as an actual investment in the specified investment funds or market indexes. The Company restores any lost company match in the 401(k) Plan due to legal limits on qualified plans. In 2019, we matched contributions made by participants into the nonqualified deferred compensation plan based upon a formula that considers the amount contributed by the respective employee with a vesting scheduled based upon the employee’s tenure with the Company. All participant contributions to the plan and any related earnings are immediately vested and may be withdrawn upon the participant’s separation from service, death or disability or upon a date specified by the participant.
Health and Welfare Benefits.All full-time employees, including our NEOs, may participate in our health and welfare benefit programs, including medical, dental and vision care coverage, disability insurance and life insurance. We provide these benefits to meet the health and welfare needs of employees and their families.
Employment Agreements
The Company maintains employment agreements with each of its NEOs, the material terms of each NEO’s employment agreement are described below.
Employment Agreement for Mr. Cargill
Mr. Cargill’s amended and restated employment agreement, which we refer to as the "Cargill Agreement," had an initial term of one year and automatically renews for successive one-year terms unless notice of non-renewal is given by either party. The Cargill Agreement will terminate upon Mr. Cargill’s death or disability, upon his voluntary termination of employment or upon his termination for cause. "Cause" as defined in the agreement includes: (1) fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement; (2) the material breach of the executive's responsibilities, restrictive covenants or fiduciary duties; (3) conviction of a felony or crime of moral turpitude; (4) illegal use of drugs interfering with the performance of his duties; or (5) acceptance of other employment without permission. Upon any such termination Mr. Cargill would be entitled to receive his base salary, pro-rated through the termination date, any unpaid but accrued vacation benefits and any unreimbursed business expenses.
If terminated by the Company without cause or by non-renewal, or by Mr. Cargill for “good reason,” Mr. Cargill would receive a cash payment equal to twelve months’ base salary, a cash payment equal to his average annual incentive payment for the two prior years and continued medical insurance benefits for twelve months following termination. "Good reason" is defined as (1) an assignment of duties that are functionally inferior to the duties set forth in the Cargill Agreement; (2) a change of employment location which is more than 50 miles from the Company’s current executive offices; or (3) a reduction in salary, other than as part of a proportionate reduction affecting all other senior officers.
If, in connection with a "change in control", as defined in the Cargill Agreement, Mr. Cargill’s employment is terminated either (1) by the Company or the successor entity without cause, or (2) by Mr. Cargill for good reason, Mr. Cargill would receive a lump sum payment equal to 2.5 times his average base salary and the average annual incentive payment to him for the two

13



years preceding the change in control. This change in control payment is in lieu of any other amounts to which he would be entitled under the Cargill Agreement.
As a means of providing protection to the Company’s stockholders, under certain adverse conditions such as dissolution, bankruptcy or a distressed sale of the Company’s assets or stock for the purpose of avoiding a bankruptcy proceeding or at the recommendation of regulatory authorities, the above described payments would not occur, except for the cash payments described above that would be owing upon Mr. Cargill’s voluntary termination of employment.
The Cargill Agreement contains other terms and conditions, including non-competition and non-solicitation provisions, confidentiality obligations and restrictions on Mr. Cargill’s ability to be held May 17, 2016,involved with a competing bank or company with a place of business in Texas.
Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between Ms. Anderson and the Company
The Company entered into an Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement with Ms. Anderson effective July 1, 2017, which proxy materialswe refer to as the "Anderson Agreement". The Anderson Agreement had an 18-month initial term and automatically renews for successive one-year terms unless earlier terminated.
The Anderson Agreement terminates upon Ms. Anderson’s death or disability, upon her voluntary termination of employment or upon her termination for cause. Upon any such termination, Ms. Anderson would be entitled to receive her base salary, pro-rated through the termination date, any unpaid but accrued vacation benefits and any unreimbursed business expenses.
Termination for "cause" means the Company’s termination of Ms. Anderson’s employment for any of the following reasons: (1) fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement; (2) the material breach of Ms. Anderson’s executive responsibilities or of the protective covenants in the Anderson Agreement; (3) conviction of a felony or crime of moral turpitude; (4) intentional breach of any non-disclosure or non-competition/non-solicitation agreement with the Company or the Bank; (5) intentional failure to perform her duties and responsibilities; (6) illegal use of drugs interfering with Ms. Anderson’s performance of her duties; (7) acceptance of other employment without permission; or (8) her material breach of fiduciary duties owed to the Company.
If Ms. Anderson's employment is terminated by the Company without cause or upon notice, or Ms. Anderson terminates her employment for good reason, Ms. Anderson would be entitled to a cash payment equal to twelve months' base salary, a cash payment equal to her average annual incentive payment for the two preceding bonus plan years and continued medical insurance benefits for twelve months following termination. If Ms. Anderson's employment is terminated without cause or for good reason within the period beginning 90 days before and ending 18 months following a "change in control" of the Company as defined in the Anderson Agreement, Ms. Anderson would be entitled to a cash payment equal to 2.5 times her average base salary and cash bonus in effect for the two preceding bonus plan years and continued health and welfare benefits that are no less favorable than the benefits to which Ms. Anderson was entitled prior to the change-in-control for a period of 18 months following termination. "Good reason" is defined as: (1) an assignment of duties that are functionally inferior to her duties set forth in the Anderson Agreement; (2) a change of employment location which is more than 50 miles from the Company’s current executive offices; (3) a reduction in salary, other than as part of a proportionate reduction affecting all other senior officers; or (4) the delivery by the Company of a notice of non-renewal of the Anderson Agreement in connection with certain change in control events.
As a means of providing protection to the Company’s stockholders, under certain adverse conditions such as dissolution, bankruptcy or a distressed sale of the Company’s assets or stock for the purpose of avoiding a bankruptcy proceeding or at the recommendation of regulatory authorities, the above described payments would not occur except for the cash payments that would be owing upon Ms. Anderson’s termination of employment due to death or disability, voluntary termination of employment or termination for cause. If the described adverse conditions occur and Ms. Anderson’s termination of employment is without cause or for good reason, she would also be entitled to a cash payment equal to six months base salary.
The Anderson Agreement contains other terms and conditions, including non-competition and non-solicitation provisions, confidentiality obligations and restrictions on Ms. Anderson’s ability to be involved with a competing state or national bank or company providing similar services with a place of business in Texas during her employment and for the one-year period following her termination or resignation.
Retirement Transition Agreement between Mr. Ackerson and the Company and Employment Agreement for Mr. Ackerson
On July 29, 2019, the Company announced Mr. Ackerson’s planned retirement from the Company, which is expected to become effective August 31, 2021 (the "Separation Date"). In connection with his retirement, Mr. Ackerson entered into a Retirement Transition Agreement (the "Retirement Agreement") with the Company and the Bank that provides for Mr. Ackerson to receive the following compensation in connection with his retirement following the Separation Date:
(1)A cash payment equal to eighteen months of Mr. Ackerson’s base salary as in effect on the Separation Date, plus a cash payment equal to the average of the annual cash bonuses paid by the Company for the two full bonus plan years prior to the Separation Date, each of such amounts to be payable in equal semi-monthly installments, over a period of eighteen months in accordance with the Company's regular payroll practices (the "Cash Severance Payments").

14



(2)Continued vesting of the performance portion of outstanding RSUs and any other performance-based awards granted to Mr. Ackerson pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2015 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "2015 Plan"), in accordance with their terms and subject to the achievement of the applicable performance conditions that remain outstanding as of the Separation Date.
(3)Continued vesting of the time-based portion of outstanding RSUs that did not otherwise vest on or before the Separation Date, in accordance with their terms.
(4)A one-time lump sum payment of $20,000 as reimbursement for Mr. Ackerson’s out-of-pocket legal expenses and reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the Retirement Agreement and other office and administrative expenses.
Mr. Ackerson will also receive certain health benefits for a period of 18 months following his retirement.
If Mr. Ackerson’s employment is terminated without cause or due to disability prior to the Separation Date, or upon death prior to the date that all Cash Severance Payments have been paid, Mr. Ackerson or his estate would be entitled to receive the Cash Severance Payments. If a "change in control" (as defined in the 2015 Plan) should occur prior to the Separation Date, in lieu of the amounts described above, Mr. Ackerson will be filedentitled to receive a cash payment equal to 2.5 times his average annual base salary and bonus in effect for the two years immediately preceding the change in control.    
Subject to the arrangements set forth in the Retirement Agreement as described above, Mr. Ackerson’s employment continues to be subject to his Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement that became effective on December 18, 2014 (the "Ackerson Agreement"). Prior to the Separation Date, Mr Ackerson will continue to receive his base salary and other benefits in accordance with the terms of the Ackerson Agreement.
The Ackerson Agreement had an initial term of one year and automatically renews for successive one-year terms unless notice of non-renewal is given by either party or unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of the agreement, and provides for compensation including base salary and participation in the annual incentive plan for key executives.
The Ackerson Agreement terminates upon the executive’s death or disability, voluntary termination of employment or upon the executive’s termination for cause. Upon any such termination the executive would be entitled to his base salary, pro-rated through the termination date, any unpaid but accrued vacation benefits and any unreimbursed business expenses. “Cause” is defined substantially identically to the Cargill Agreement.
The Ackerson Agreement provides for severance payments to the executive upon termination of the executive’s employment without cause or by the executive for good reason, at which time the executive would be entitled to receive: (1) a cash payment equal to 12 months’ base salary as then in effect; (2) a cash payment equal to the average annual incentive paid to the executive for the two years preceding his termination; and (3) continued medical insurance benefits, at the Company’s expense, for a period of twelve months following termination. “Good reason” is defined substantially identically to the Cargill Agreement.
The Ackerson Agreement includes protective provisions triggered under adverse conditions that limit the payments due to Mr. Ackerson that are identical to the Cargill Agreement. The Ackerson Agreement includes non-competition and non-solicitation provisions, confidentiality obligations and restrictions on the executive’s ability to be involved with a competing state or national bank that will continue in effect following any termination of Mr. Ackerson's employment for a period of one year.
Employment Agreement for Mr. Turpen
The Company entered into an Executive Employment Agreement with Mr. Turpen effective September 4, 2018 (the "Turpen Agreement"). The Turpen Agreement has an initial term of three years and thereafter automatically renews for successive one-year terms, unless notice of non-renewal is given by either party or earlier terminated in accordance with the agreement, and provides for compensation including base salary and participation in the annual incentive plan for key executives.
The Turpen Agreement terminates upon the executive’s death or disability, upon the executive’s voluntary termination of employment or upon the executive’s termination for cause. Upon any such termination the executive would be entitled to his base salary, pro-rated through the termination date, any unpaid but accrued vacation benefits and any unreimbursed business expenses. "Cause" is defined substantially identically to the Cargill Agreement.
The Turpen Agreement provides for severance payments to the executive upon termination of the executive’s employment by us without cause or by the executive for good reason, at which time the executive is entitled to receive: (1) a cash payment equal to 12 months’ base salary as then in effect; (2) a cash payment equal to the average annual incentive paid to the executive for the two years preceding his termination; and (3) continued medical insurance benefits, at the Company’s expense, for a period of twelve months following termination. "Good reason" is defined substantially identically to the Cargill Agreement.
The Turpen Agreement includes provisions relating to payments upon a change in control that are substantially identical to the terms of the Cargill Agreement, as well as protective provisions triggered under adverse conditions that limit the payments due to Mr. Turpen and non-competition and non-solicitation provisions, confidentiality obligations and restrictions on the executive’s ability to be involved with a competing state or national bank.

15



Tax Implications of Executive Compensation
Although deductibility of compensation is preferred, tax deductibility is not a primary objective of our compensation programs. We believe that achieving our compensation objectives set forth above is more important than the benefit of tax deductibility and we reserve the right to maintain flexibility in how we compensate our executive officers, even if it may result in limiting the deductibility of amounts of compensation from time to time.
2019 Summary Compensation Table*
    
Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Compensation
  
Name and Principal PositionYearSalary
Stock Awards
(A)
Annual
Incentive Plan
Compensation
(B)
Long-Term
Incentive Plan
Compensation
(C)
All Other
Compensation
(D)
Total
        
C. Keith Cargill2019$994,167
$2,299,990
$1,523,750
$
$90,907
$4,908,814
President and CEO of the Company;2018956,167
2,020,454
1,059,256

108,342
4,144,219
President and CEO of Texas Capital Bank2017910,000
1,589,270
1,083,912

29,462
3,612,644
        
Julie L. Anderson2019496,667
575,058
530,000
72,801
24,685
1,699,211
CFO and Secretary of the Company;2018472,500
440,932
366,528
159,491
25,385
1,464,836
CFO of Texas Capital Bank2017412,333
572,672
361,898
173,047
24,192
1,544,142
        
Vince A. Ackerson2019535,417
660,008
608,738

73,791
1,877,954
Vice Chairman of Texas Capital Bank2018506,000
505,202
389,436

71,067
1,471,705
 2017485,000
400,017
433,208

42,913
1,361,138
        
John G. Turpen2019452,500
454,980
452,156

53,075
1,412,711
Chief Risk Officer of the Company;2018144,833
949,850
350,000

152,772
1,597,455
Chief Risk Officer of Texas Capital Bank2017





For a description of the employment agreements applicable to the NEOs, refer to the "Employment Agreements" section of the "Compensation Discussion and Analysis."
*Columns for which no amounts are reported have been deleted.
(A)Amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair value of RSUs, determined in accordance with Accounting Standard Codification (ASC) Topic 718. With respect to the 2019 awards granted on February 12, 2019, 50% of the award is time-based with cliff vesting occurring at the end of three years, on February 12, 2022, and 50% of the award is performance-based with vesting occurring on the first administratively practicable day following determination by the HR Committee that certain performance targets were achieved and subject to the NEO’s continued employment over a three-year period ending December 31, 2021. The amounts presented for the 50% performance-based portion of the 2019 awards reflect the value of the award at target based on the probable outcome of the performance targets determined as of the grant date. The value of the 50% performance-based portion of the 2019 awards for each NEO at the grant date assuming that the highest levels of performance targets are achieved is as follows: Mr. Cargill $1,724,993, Ms. Anderson $431,323, Mr. Ackerson $495,006 and Mr. Turpen $341,235.
(B)
Amounts represent payouts under our annual incentive program. For further details of the targets and performance related to the payout of these amounts, refer to the "Annual Incentive Compensation" section of the "Compensation Discussion and Analysis."
(C)Amounts represent payouts related to cash-settled units. In 2014, 2015 and 2016, Ms. Anderson was awarded an annual grant of cash-settled units that provide for annual vesting in equal amounts over a four-year period.
(D)
See additional description in 2019 All Other Compensation Table. In 2018, amounts paid to Mr. Turpen included a one-time signing bonus of $150,000, car allowance of $2,400, and insurance premium of $372.
2019 All Other Compensation Table
NameYear
Perquisites
 and Other
Personal Benefits
(A)
Insurance
Premiums
Company
Contributions to
401(k) Plans
Company
Contributions to
Nonqualified Deferred
Compensation Plans
Total
       
C. Keith Cargill2019$11,249
$2,033
$17,975
$59,650
$90,907
Julie L. Anderson20197,200
1,603
15,882

24,685
Vince A. Ackerson201921,186
2,371
18,109
32,125
73,791
John G. Turpen20198,613
2,231
15,081
27,150
53,075
(A)Perquisites include a car allowance of $7,200 for each of the NEOs as well as the following club dues: Mr. Cargill $4,049, Mr. Ackerson $13,986 and Mr. Turpen $1,413.

16



2019 Grants of Plan Based Awards Table*
  
Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards (A)
 
Estimated Future Payouts Under
Equity Incentive Plan Awards (B)
  
Name
Grant
Date
ThresholdTargetMaximum ThresholdTargetMaximum
All Other
Stock Awards:
Number of
Shares of Stock
or Units (C)
Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
and Option
Awards
          
C. Keith Cargill2/12/2019 (A)$
$
$
 9,625
19,250
28,875

$1,149,995
 2/12/2019 (B)


 


19,250
1,149,995
 N/A287,500
1,150,000
1,523,750
 




Julie L. Anderson2/12/2019 (A)


 2,407
4,813
7,220

287,529
 2/12/2019 (B)


 


4,813
287,529
 N/A100,000
400,000
530,000
 




Vince A. Ackerson2/12/2019 (A)


 2,762
5,524
8,286

330,004
 2/12/2019 (B)


 
 
5,524
330,004
 N/A114,856
459,425
608,738
 
 


John G. Turpen2/12/2019 (A)


 1,904
3,808
5,712

227,490
 2/12/2019 (B)


 
 
3,808
227,490
 N/A85,313
341,250
452,156
 
 


*Columns for which no amounts are reported have been deleted.
(A)
Amounts represent potential payments under our annual incentive program. The actual amount earned in 2019 was paid in February 2020 and is shown in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the 2019 Summary Compensation Table. See "Compensation Discussion and Analysis - Annual Incentive Compensation," for more information regarding our 2019 annual incentive program.
(B)
Amounts represent awards of RSUs made under the 2015 Plan that will vest based upon the Company’s achievement of certain performance measures, subject to the NEO’s continued employment by the Company over a three-year period ending December 31, 2021. Based on the defined objectives of the awards the NEO has the opportunity to vest between 0% and 150% of the RSUs. The grant date fair value of the award is based on the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant, $59.74, and reflects the value of the award at target based on the probable outcome of the performance measures determined as of the grant date in accordance with ASC 718 and pursuant to the 2015 Plan. See "Compensation Discussion and Analysis - Long-Term Incentive Compensation" for more information on the RSU grants.
(C)Amounts represent awards of RSUs made under the 2015 Plan that will cliff vest at the end of three years on February 12, 2022. The grant date fair value is based on the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant, or $59.74.
2019 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-end Table*
  Stock Awards
Name
Grant
Date
Number of Shares or Units
of Stock That Have Not
Vested (A)
Market Value of Shares or
Units of Stock That Have
Not Vested (A)(B)
Equity Incentive Plan
Awards: Number of
Unearned Shares, Units or
Other Rights That Have
Not Vested (C)
Equity Incentive Plan
Awards: Market or Payout
Value of Unearned Shares,
Units or Other Rights That
Have Not Vested (B)(C)
      
C. Keith Cargill2/12/201919,250
$1,092,823
19,250
$1,092,823
 3/27/201811,506
653,196
11,506
653,196
 3/22/201710,008
568,154


Julie L. Anderson2/12/20194,813
273,234
4,813
273,234
 3/27/20182,511
142,549
2,511
142,549
 7/18/20171,923
109,169


 3/22/20172,032
115,357


Vince A. Ackerson2/12/20195,524
313,597
5,524
313,597
 3/27/20182,877
163,327
2,877
163,327
 3/22/20172,519
143,004


John G. Turpen2/12/20193,808
216,180
3,808
216,180
 9/17/20188,800
499,576


*Columns for which no amounts are reported have been deleted.
(A)Awards granted 2/12/2019 cliff vest at the end of three years on 2/12/2022. Awards granted 3/27/2018 cliff vest at the end of three years on 3/27/2021. Awards granted 3/22/2017 cliff vest at the end of three years on 3/22/2020. Award granted 7/18/2017 to Ms. Anderson cliff vests 20% on each of the first five anniversaries of the grant date. Award granted 9/17/2018 to Mr. Turpen cliff vests 20% on each of the first five anniversaries of the grant date.
(B)Based on the December 31, 2019 closing market price of our common stock of $56.77.
(C)Awards granted 2/12/2019 and 3/27/2018 will vest based upon the Company’s achievement of certain performance targets and the executive’s continued employment by the Company over the three-year periods ending December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. Awards are shown at target.

17



2019 Option Exercises and Stock Vested Table*
 Stock Awards
Name
Number of Shares
Acquired on Vesting (A)
Value Realized
on Vesting (B)
   
C. Keith Cargill23,981$1,360,261
Julie L. Anderson6,451366,453
Vince A. Ackerson8,292471,650
John G. Turpen2,200123,574
*Columns for which no amounts are reported have been deleted.
(A)The shares included in the table represent gross shares vested. Actual shares issued, net of taxes, were 16,073 to Mr. Cargill, 4,062 to Ms. Anderson, 5,317 to Mr. Ackerson, and 1,664 to Mr. Turpen.
(B)The value realized by the NEO upon the vesting of RSUs is calculated by multiplying the number of shares of stock vested by the market value of the underlying shares on the vesting date, which is the amount that is taxable to the executive.
2019 Pension Benefits Table
The table disclosing the actuarial present value of each executive’s accumulated benefit under defined benefit plans, the number of years of credited service under each plan and the amount of pension benefits paid to each NEO during the year is omitted because the Company does not have a defined benefit plan for NEOs.
2019 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table*
Name
NEO
Contributions in Last
Fiscal Year (A)
Company
Contributions in
Last Fiscal Year (B)
Aggregate
Earnings/(Loss) in
Last Fiscal Year (C)
Aggregate
Balance at Last
Fiscal Year End (D)
     
C. Keith Cargill$619,282
$59,650
$332,001
$2,144,073
Julie L. Anderson

847
41,581
Vince A. Ackerson301,801
32,125
255,405
1,673,385
John G. Turpen27,150
27,150
2,457
56,757
See "Compensation Discussion and Analysis - Other Benefits - Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan" for a description of the nonqualified deferred compensation plan.
*Columns for which no amounts are reported have been deleted.
(A)
Participants in the plan may elect to defer up to 75% of their annual salary and/or short-term incentive payout. All participant contributions to the plan and any related earnings are immediately vested and may be withdrawn upon the participant’s separation from service, death or disability, or upon a date specified by the participant. Amounts are included in the Salary or Annual Incentive Plan Compensation columns of the 2019 Summary Compensation Table.
(B)
Company contributions are detailed in the 2019 All Other Compensation Table and included in the 2019 Summary Compensation Table. The discretionary company contributions vest based upon the employee’s tenure with the Company. As of December 31, 2019, all NEOs had met the requirements for immediate vesting.
(C)
Aggregate earnings do not reflect "above market or preferential earnings" and are not included in the 2019 Summary Compensation Table.
(D)
Amounts represent the total compensation deferred by each NEO and discretionary contributions made to each NEO by the Company, together with any related earnings or losses attributed to either in accordance with each NEOs deferral account investment selections. All participant and Company contributions included in these amounts have been reported as compensation in the 2019 Summary Compensation Table or in Summary Compensation Tables for previous years.

18



2019 Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control Table
The following table summarizes the estimated payments that would be payable to each NEO upon a termination of service for each of the reasons stated below. For the purposes of the quantitative disclosure in the following table, and in accordance with SEC regulations, we have assumed that the termination took place on December 31, 2019 and that the price per share of our common stock was the closing market price as of that date, $56.77.
Name
Termination
Without Cause or
For Good Reason
Change in Control:
Termination
Without Cause or
For Good Reason
DeathDisabilityRetirement
      
C. Keith Cargill     
Severance (A)$2,291,503
$5,666,675
$
$
$
Death/disability (B)




Accelerated vesting of long-term incentives (C)
4,060,190
4,060,190
4,060,190
4,060,190
Other benefits (D)35,755
71,510



      
Julie L. Anderson     
Severance (A)948,264
2,332,120



Death/disability (B)




Accelerated vesting of long-term incentives (C)
1,088,394
1,088,394
1,088,394

Other benefits (D)25,365
38,048



      
Vince A. Ackerson     
Severance (E)1,329,837
2,549,490


1,329,837
Death/disability (E)

1,329,837
1,329,837

Accelerated vesting of long-term incentives (C)
1,096,853
1,096,853
1,096,853
1,096,853
Other benefits (D)52,883
52,883

52,883
52,883
      
John G. Turpen     
Severance (A)856,078
2,118,320



Death/disability (B)




Accelerated vesting of long-term incentives (C)
931,936
931,936
931,936

Other benefits (D)39,162
58,743



(A)Pursuant to their employment agreement, if an NEO is terminated without cause or for good reason, severance is equal to twelve months of base salary plus the average incentive compensation paid during the prior two-year period and will be paid over a period of twelve months. If the NEO’s termination occurs in connection with a change in control, severance is equal to 2.5 times average salary plus average incentive compensation paid during the prior two-year period and will be paid in a lump sum within 30 days of the NEO’s termination.
(B)Employment agreements provide for no payment upon an NEO’s death or disability.
(C)Includes immediate vesting at target of any performance-based awards for which performance conditions have not yet been satisfied, based on the December 31, 2019 closing price of our common stock of $56.77. As of December 31, 2019, Mr. Cargill had met the age and service conditions to be eligible for accelerated vesting of long-term incentives upon retirement and Mr. Ackerson's Retirement Agreement provides for accelerated vesting of long-term incentives upon retirement. Ms. Anderson and Mr. Turpen had not met the age and service conditions as of December 31, 2019 to be eligible for the accelerated vesting of long-term incentives upon retirement.
(D)Other benefits include the following insurance: medical, dental, vision, life, accidental death and disability, short-term disability, long-term disability and supplemental long-term disability. Messrs. Cargill and Turpen and Ms. Anderson would receive one year of benefits in the event of termination without cause. In the event of a change in control, Mr. Cargill would receive 24 months of benefits, and Ms. Anderson and Mr. Turpen would each receive 18 months of benefits. Pursuant to his Retirement Agreement, Mr. Ackerson would receive 18 months of benefits in the event of termination without cause or due to disability, as well as in the event of his retirement. Cost includes both employer and employee coverage.
(E)
Mr. Ackerson’s Retirement Agreement provides for a severance payment equal to eighteen months base salary in effect as of his Separation Date and a cash payment equal to the average of the annual cash bonuses paid by the Company for the two full bonus plan years prior to the Separation Date, plus a lump sum payment of $20,000 as compensation for legal fees incurred by Mr. Ackerson in connection with the preparation and negotiation of the Retirement Agreement (the “Cash Severance Payments”). In the event of his termination without cause or disability occurring prior to the Separation Date, Mr. Ackerson will receive the Cash Severance Payments. In the event of his death, any unpaid Cash Severance Payments will be paid to Mr. Ackerson’s estate. If a change in control occurs prior to the Separation Date, severance is equal to 2.5 times his average salary plus average incentive compensation paid during the prior two-year period. If a change in control occurs subsequent to his Separation date, he will receive any unpaid Cash Severance Payments. See Employment Agreements - Retirement Transition Agreement between Mr. Ackerson and the Company and Employment Agreement for Mr. Ackerson for more information regarding the terms of Mr. Ackerson’s retirement.

19



2019 Director Compensation Table*
For service on our board of directors in 2019, our non-employee directors were paid an annual retainer of $55,000 and a fee of $1,750 per meeting. Our chairman received an additional $80,000 per year for serving in that role. In addition, each member of a committee was paid a fee of $1,750 per committee meeting attended. Directors serving as chairman of the Audit Committee and Risk Committee received an additional $30,000 per year for serving in those roles and the directors chairing the HR Committee and Governance and Nominating Committee received an additional $20,000 per year for serving in those roles. Members attending special meetings of the board and committees were paid $1,750 per meeting, or $1,250 for telephonic meetings. In addition to cash retainer fees, each non-employee director receives an annual grant of RSUs with an aggregate grant date fair value of approximately $65,000 at the April board meeting, which vest in full on the first anniversary of the date of grant in accordance with the 2015 Plan.
The following table contains information pertaining to the compensation of the Company’s board of directors for the 2019 fiscal year. Amounts below also include fees paid for service on subsidiary board committees.
Name
Fees Earned or Paid In Cash
(A)
Stock Awards
(B)
Total
    
Jonathan E. Baliff (D)$66,250
$64,992
$131,242
James H. Browning (C)127,250
64,992
192,242
Larry L. Helm (C)154,250
64,992
219,242
David S Huntley (E)66,750
64,992
131,742
Charles S. Hyle (C)111,500
64,992
176,492
Elysia Holt Ragusa (C)102,250
64,992
167,242
Steven P. Rosenberg (C)91,500
64,992
156,492
Robert W. Stallings (C)74,250
64,992
139,242
Dale W. Tremblay (C)90,000
64,992
154,992
Ian J. Turpin (C)80,000
64,992
144,992
Patricia A. Watson (C)75,000
64,992
139,992
*Columns for which no later than April 7, 2016.amounts are reported have been deleted.
(A)Amounts represent meeting fees paid upon attendance of board and committee meetings, annual retainer fees and fees for service as chairman of the board or a committee.
(B)Amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair value determined in accordance with ASC 718 of all stock awards granted pursuant to the 2015 Plan. On April 16, 2019, all currently serving directors received 1,107 RSUs with a grant date fair value of $58.71 per share which will vest in full on the first anniversary of the grant date.
(C)As of December 31, 2019, Messrs. Browning, Helm, Hyle, Rosenberg, Stallings, Tremblay and Turpin and Mses. Ragusa and Watson held 1,340 unvested RSUs, and the following directors held vested SARS: Mr. Browning, 3,000; Mr. Helm, 3,000; Mr. Turpin, 1,800.
(D)As of December 31, 2019, Mr. Baliff held 1,304 unvested RSUs and 214 shares of restricted stock subject to continuing restrictions.
(E)As of December 31, 2019, Mr. Huntley held 1,199 unvested RSUs and 167 shares of restricted stock subject to continuing restrictions.
HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
No member of the HR Committee of the board of directors of the Company was an officer or employee of the Company during 2019 or any other time. In addition, none of the executive officers of the Company served on the board of directors or on the compensation committee of any other entity, for which any executive officers of such other entity served either on our board of directors or on our HR Committee.
CEO PAY RATIO
Item 402(u) of Regulation S-K, implementing a requirement of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, requires that we disclose a ratio that compares the annual total compensation of our median employee to that of our CEO.
In order to determine the median employee, we prepared a list of all employees as of December 31, 2019, along with their gross income as reported on IRS form W-2 for 2019. Gross income as reported on IRS form W-2 for 2019 was annualized for those employees that were not employed for the full year.
After identifying the median employee, we calculated that employee’s annual total compensation using the same methodology we use for our NEOs as set forth in the 2019 Summary Compensation Table.
The annual total compensation for 2019 for the CEO was $4,908,814 and for the median employee was $93,586. The resulting ratio of our CEO’s pay to that of our median employee for 2019 was 52.5 to 1.

20



ITEM 12.SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Information required by this item isOwnership of Company Common Stock
The following tables set forth information as of February 28, 2020 concerning the beneficial ownership of the Company’s common stock by: (a) each person the Company knows to beneficially own more than 5% of the issued and outstanding shares of a class of common stock, (b) each director, director nominee and NEO, and (c) all of the Company’s executive officers and directors as a group. The persons named in our definitive proxy materialsthe table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares they owned, unless otherwise noted.In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage of ownership held by that person, shares of common stock subject to options, restricted stock units ("RSUs") or stock appreciation rights ("SARs") held by that person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable or vest within 60 days of February 28, 2020 are deemed exercised and outstanding.
Persons Known to Company Who Own More Than 5%
of Outstanding Shares of Company Common Stock
Number of Shares of Common
Stock Beneficially Owned
 
Percent of Shares of Common
Stock Outstanding*
The Vanguard Group and certain affiliates4,658,023(1)9.24%
BlackRock, Inc. and certain affiliates4,492,101(2)8.91%
Frontier Capital Management Co., LLC2,658,017(3)5.27%
*Percentage is calculated on the basis of 50,397,277 shares, the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on February 28, 2020.
(1)As reported by The Vanguard Group on a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 12, 2020, as of December 31, 2019, reporting sole voting power with respect to 26,237 shares, shared voting power with respect to 9,093 shares, sole dispositive power with respect to 4,629,679 shares and shared dispositive power with respect to 28,344 shares. Its address is 100 Vanguard Blvd., Malvern, PA 19355.
(2)
As reported by BlackRock, Inc. on a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 6, 2020, as of December 31, 2019, reporting sole voting power with respect to 4,294,371 shares and sole dispositive power with respect to 4,492,101 shares. Its address is 55 East 52nd St., New York, NY 10055.
(3)As reported by Frontier Capital Management Co., LLC. on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 14, 2020, as of December 31, 2019, reporting sole voting power with respect to 1,261,539 shares and sole dispositive power with respect to 2,658,017 shares. Its address is 99 Summer Street, Boston, MA 02110.
Name (1)
Number of Shares of Common
Stock Beneficially Owned
 
Percent of Shares of
Common Stock Outstanding
Vince A. Ackerson31,886(2)*
Julie L. Anderson32,951(3)*
Jonathan E. Baliff2,779(4)*
James H. Browning12,709(5)*
C. Keith Cargill98,098(6)*
Larry L. Helm21,834(7)*
David S. Huntley2,332(8)*
Charles S. Hyle5,255(9)*
Elysia Holt Ragusa7,530(10)*
Steven P. Rosenberg33,115(11)*
Robert W. Stallings9,730(12)*
Dale W. Tremblay8,730(13)*
John G. Turpen1,664(14)*
Ian J. Turpin22,985(15)*
Patricia A. Watson5,282(16)*
All executive officers and directors as a group296,880 0.59%**
*Less than 1% of the issued and outstanding shares of the class.
**Percentage is calculated on the basis of 50,397,277 shares, the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on February 28, 2020.
(1)
Unless otherwise stated, the address for each person in this table is 2000 McKinney Avenue, 7th Floor, Dallas, Texas 75201.
(2)Includes 27,678 shares held by Mr. Ackerson, as well as 2,519 RSUs that will vest within 60 days. Also includes 1,689 shares held by JAKS Partners, LTD. Mr. Ackerson is the general partner of JAKS Partners.
(3)Includes 30,919 shares held by Ms. Anderson, as well as 2,032 RSUs that will vest within 60 days.
(4)Includes 1,458 shares held by Mr. Baliff, as well as 1,107 RSUs that will vest within 60 days and 214 shares of restricted common stock as to which restrictions lapse on July 18, 2020, but for which he has voting power.
(5)Includes 11,369 shares held by Mr. Browning, as well as 1,340 RSUs that will vest within 60 days.
(6)Includes 88,090 shares held by Mr. Cargill, as well as 10,008 RSUs that will vest within 60 days.
(7)Includes 20,494 shares held by Mr. Helm, as well as 1,340 RSUs that will vest within 60 days.

21



(8)Includes 1,058 shares held by Mr. Huntley, as well as 1,107 RSUs that will vest within 60 days and 167 shares of restricted common stock as to which restrictions lapse on January 23, 2021, but for which he has voting power.
(9)Includes 3,915 shares held by Mr. Hyle, as well as 1,340 RSUs that will vest within 60 days.
(10)Includes 6,190 shares held by Ms. Ragusa, as well as 1,340 RSUs that will vest within 60 days.
(11)Includes 31,775 shares held by Mr. Rosenberg, as well as 1,340 RSUs that will vest within 60 days.
(12)Includes 8,390 shares held by Mr. Stallings, as well as 1,340 RSUs that will vest within 60 days.
(13)Includes 7,390 shares held by Mr. Tremblay, as well as 1,340 RSUs that will vest within 60 days.
(14)Includes 1,664 shares held by Mr. Turpen.
(15)Includes 4,469 shares held by Mr. Turpin, as well as 1,340 RSUs that will vest within 60 days. Also includes 5,951 shares held by Johnson Management Trust, 9,321 shares held by The Nini Gift Trust and 1,904 shares held in the Rebekah Johnson Nugent 1976 Trust, each of which Mr. Turpin’s spouse serves as the trustee.
(15)Includes 3,942 shares held by Ms. Watson, as well as 1,340 RSUs that will vest within 60 days.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2019 regarding our annual meeting of stockholders tocommon stock that may be held May 17, 2016, which proxy materials will be filed withissued under the SEC no later than April 7, 2016.Company’s existing equity compensation plans.
Plan Category
Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon Exercise
of Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
Weighted Average Exercise
Price of Outstanding
Options, Warrants and
Rights
Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation Plans
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders579,512 (A)$33.951,772,070 (B)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
Total579,512$33.951,772,070
(A)Includes 21,200 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding SARs with a weighted average exercise price of $33.95 and 558,312 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding RSUs. Since RSUs have no exercise price, they are not included in the weighted average exercise price calculation.
(B)All of these shares are available for issuance pursuant to grants of full-value awards.
ITEM 13.CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
In the ordinary course of business, the Bank has made loans, and may continue to make loans in the future, to the Bank's and the Company's officers, directors and employees. However, it is the Bank’s policy to not extend loans to executive officers of the Bank and the Company. The Bank makes loans to directors and their affiliates in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms as those with other customers. All loans to directors are reviewed and approved by our board of directors prior to making any such loans. The Bank also provides wealth management services for managed accounts to directors at discounted fees.
In February 2018, the Bank signed an agreement with TSYS, under which TSYS provides transaction processing services to the Bank in exchange for a fee, estimated to be $400,000 to $600,000 per year. Patricia A. Watson, a member of the Company’s board of directors, served as the Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer of TSYS until December 2019. The board determined that the transaction did not affect Ms. Watson’s independence.
The Company has policies and procedures for reviewing related party transactions involving the Company’s and the Bank’s directors, executive officers and their affiliates. Each director and NEO of the Company and the Bank is required to complete a questionnaire annually, and each director who serves on the Audit Committee must complete a certification of independence annually. Both of these documents are designed to disclose all related party transactions, including loans, and this information is reviewed by this item ismanagement, the Audit Committee and the board of directors, as appropriate. Such transactions are subject to the standards set forth in our definitive proxy materials regarding our annual meetingthe Company’s Code of stockholders to be held May 17, 2016, which proxy materials will be filed withConduct and in applicable laws and regulations and the SEC no laterNasdaq Stock Market Listing Rules for determining the independence of directors. The questionnaires, certifications and Code of Conduct are all in writing.
Director Independence
The board of directors has determined that each director other than April 7, 2016.Mr. Cargill qualifies as an “independent director” as defined in the Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rules and as further defined by applicable statutes and regulations.

22



ITEM 14.PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
Information requiredAuditor Fees and Services
The Audit Committee has appointed Ernst & Young LLP to continue as our independent registered public accounting firm for the 2020 fiscal year.
Fees for professional services provided by this item is set forththe Company’s independent registered public accounting firm in our definitive proxy materials regarding our annual meetingeach of stockholders to be held May 17, 2016, which proxy materials will be filedthe last two fiscal years, in each of the following categories, were:
(in thousands)20192018
Audit fees$1,877
$1,644
Audit-related fees

Tax fees499
480
Total$2,376
$2,124
Fees for audit services include fees associated with the SEC no later than April 7, 2016.audit of the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements, the review of the consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s Form 10-Qs, accounting consultations and management’s assertions regarding effective internal controls in compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act. Tax fees included various federal, state and local tax services, as well as tax consultations.
Pre-approval Policies and Procedures
The Audit Committee has adopted a policy that requires advance approval of all audit, audit-related and tax services performed by the independent registered public accounting firm. The policy provides for pre-approval by the Audit Committee of specifically defined audit and non-audit services. Unless the specific service has been previously pre-approved with respect to that year, the Audit Committee must approve the permitted service before the independent registered public accounting firm is engaged to perform it. The Audit Committee has delegated to the chairman of the Audit Committee authority to approve permitted services provided that the chairman reports any decisions to the Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting.
ITEM 15.EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) Documents filed as part of this report
(1) All financial statements
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Report of Ernst & Young LLP
(2) All financial statements required by Item 8
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Report of Ernst & Young LLP


99



(3) Exhibits
3.1Certificate of Incorporation, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to our registration statement on Form 10 dated August 24, 2000
3.2Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to our registration statement on Form 10 dated August 24, 2000
3.3Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to our registration statement on Form 10 dated August 24, 2000
3.4Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to our registration statement on Form 10 dated August 24, 2000
3.5Amended and Restated Bylaws of Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to our registration statement on Form 10 dated August 24, 2000
3.6First Amendment to Amended and Restated Bylaws of Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. which is incorporated by reference to Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 18, 2007
3.7Certificate of Designation of 6.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on form 8-K dated March 28, 2013
3.8Form of Preferred Stock Certificate for 6.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to our Current report on Form 8-K dated March 28, 2013
4.1Placement Agreement by and between Texas Capital Bancshares Statutory Trust I and SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc., which is incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 4, 2002
4.2Certificate of Trust of Texas Capital Bancshares Statutory Trust I, dated November 12, 2002 which is incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 4, 2002
4.3Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust by and among State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. and Joseph M. Grant, Raleigh Hortenstine III and Gregory B. Hultgren, dated November 19, 2002 which is incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8- K dated December 4, 2002
4.4Indenture dated November 19, 2002 which is incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 4, 2002
4.5Guarantee Agreement between Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. and State Street Bank and Trust of Connecticut, National Association dated November 19, 2002, which is incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 4, 2002
4.6Placement Agreement by and among Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc., Texas Capital Statutory Trust II and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., which is incorporated by reference to our Current Report Form 8-K dated June 11, 2003
4.7Certificate of Trust of Texas Capital Statutory Trust II, which is incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 11, 2003
4.8Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust by and among Wilmington Trust Company, Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc., and Joseph M. Grant and Gregory B. Hultgren, dated April 10, 2003, which is incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 11, 2003
4.9Indenture between Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, dated April 10, 2003, which is incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 11, 2003
4.10Guarantee Agreement between Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, dated April 10, 2003, which is incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 11, 2003

100



4.11Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust for Texas Capital Statutory Trust III by and among Wilmington Trust Company, as Institutional Trustee and Delaware Trustee, Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. as Sponsor, and the Administrators named therein, dated as of October 6, 2005, which is incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 13, 2005
4.12Indenture between Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc., as Issuer, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, for Fixed/Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures, dated as of October 6, 2005, which is incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 13, 2005
4.13Guarantee Agreement between Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, dated as of October 6, 2005, which is incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 13, 2005
4.14Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust for Texas Capital Statutory Trust IV by and among Wilmington Trust Company, as Institutional Trustee and Delaware Trustee, Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. as Sponsor, and the Administrators named therein, dated as of April 28, 2006, which is incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 3, 2006
4.15Indenture between Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc., as Issuer, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, for Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures dated as of April 28, 2006, which is incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 3, 2006
4.16Guarantee Agreement between Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, dated as of April 28, 2006, which is incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 3, 2006
4.17Amended and Restated Trust Agreement for Texas Capital Statutory Trust V by and among Wilmington Trust Company, as Property Trustee and Delaware Trustee, Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc., as Depositor, and the Administrative Trustees named therein, dated as of September 29, 2006, which is incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 5, 2006
4.18Junior Subordinated Indenture between Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, for Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Note dated as of September 29, 2006, which is incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 5, 2006
4.19Guarantee Agreement between Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, dated as of September 29, 2006, which is incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 5, 2006
4.20Subordinated Indenture between Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, dated September 21, 2012, which is incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 18, 2012
4.21Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, dated January 31, 2014, between Texas Capital Bank, N.A., as Issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Agent, which is incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 31, 2014.
4.22Form of Global 5.25% Subordinated Note due 2026, which is incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 31, 2014.
10.1Deferred Compensation Agreement, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our registration statement on Form 10 dated August 24, 2000+
10.2Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Agreement Irrevocable Trust dated as of November 2, 2004, by and between Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. and Texas Capital Bank, National Association, which is incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 10-K dated March 14, 2005.+

101



10.3Retirement Transition Agreement and Release dated June 10, 2013, between Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. and George F. Jones, Jr., which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 11, 2013+
10.4Amendment to Performance Award Agreements under the Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan between George Jones and the Company with respect to the Performance Units described therein dated January 10, 2011, February 21, 2012 and March 2013 and the Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement between George Jones and the Company dated April 24, 2006, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 3, 2014+
10.5Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan between George Jones and the Company (2017 vesting), which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 3, 2014+
10.6Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan between George Jones and the Company (2018 vesting), which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 3, 2014+
10.7Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between C. Keith Cargill and Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. dated December 18, 2014, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 18, 2014+
10.8Form of Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement for executive officers of Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc., which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 18, 2014+
10.9Form of Indemnity Agreement for directors and officers of Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc., which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K dated February 21, 2014+
10.10Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. 1999 Omnibus Stock Plan, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our registration statement on Form 10 dated August 24, 2000+
10.11Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan, which is incorporated by reference to our registration statement on Form S-8 dated June 3, 2005+
10.12Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. 2006 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which is incorporated by reference to our registration statement on Form S-8 dated February 3, 2006+
10.13Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan, which is incorporated by reference to our registration statement on Form S-8 dated May 19, 2010+
10.14Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Long-Term Incentive Plan, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 21, 2015+
10.15Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K dated February 21, 2014+
10.16Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement under the Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K dated February 21, 2014+
10.17Form of Performance Award Agreement under the Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K dated February 21, 2014+
10.18Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for directors under the Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Long-Term Incentive Plan, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated July 23, 2015+
10.19Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for executive officers under the Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Long-Term Incentive Plan, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated July 23, 2015+

102



21Subsidiaries of the Registrant*
23.1Consent of Ernst & Young LLP*
31.1
31.2
32.1Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer**
32.2Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer**
101.INSXBRL Instance Document*
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document*
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document*
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document*
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document*
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document*


*Filed herewith
**ITEM 16.Furnished herewithFORM 10-K SUMMARY
+Management contract or compensatory plan arrangement

Not applicable.

10323





SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this reportAmendment No. 1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
Date:February 18, 2016March 2, 2020 TEXAS CAPITAL BANCSHARES, INC.
    
   By: /S/    C. KEITH CARGILL
     
C. Keith Cargill
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

24

Date:February 18, 2016/S/    LARRY L. HELM
Larry L. Helm
Chairman of the Board and Director
Date:February 18, 2016/S/    PETER BARTHOLOW
Peter Bartholow
Chief Financial Officer, and Director
(principal financial officer)
Date:February 18, 2016/S/    JULIE ANDERSON
Julie Anderson
Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
(principal accounting officer)
Date:February 18, 2016/S/    JAMES H. BROWNING
James H. Browning
Director
Date:February 18, 2016/S/    PRESTON M. GEREN III
Preston M. Geren III
Director
Date:February 18, 2016/S/    FREDERICK B. HEGI, JR.
Frederick B. Hegi, Jr.
Director
Date:February 18, 2016/S/    CHARLES S. HYLE
Charles S. Hyle
Director

104



Date:February 18, 2016/S/    WALTER W. MCALLISTER III
Walter W. McAllister III
Director
Date:February 18, 2016/S/    ELYSIA H. RAGUSA
Elysia H. Ragusa
Director
Date:February 18, 2016/S/    STEVEN P. ROSENBERG
Steven P. Rosenberg
Director
Date:February 18, 2016/S/    ROBERT W. STALLINGS
Robert W. Stallings
Director
Date:February 18, 2016/S/    DALE W. TREMBLAY
Dale W. Tremblay
Director
Date:February 18, 2016/S/    IAN J. TURPIN
Ian J. Turpin
Director


105